[Title 47 CFR 15]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - October 1, 2004 Edition]
[Title 47 - TELECOMMUNICATION]
[Chapter I - FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION]
[Subchapter A - GENERAL]
[Part 15 - RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES]
[From the U.S. Government Printing Office]


47TELECOMMUNICATION12004-10-012004-10-01falseRADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES15PART 15TELECOMMUNICATIONFEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSIONGENERAL
PART 15_RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES--Table of Contents




                            Subpart A_General

Sec.
15.1 Scope of this part.
15.3 Definitions.
15.5 General conditions of operation.
15.7 Special temporary authority.
15.9 Prohibition against eavesdropping.
15.11 Cross reference.
15.13 Incidental radiators.
15.15 General technical requirements.
15.17 Susceptibility to interference.
15.19 Labelling requirements.
15.21 Information to user.
15.23 Home-built devices.
15.25 Kits.
15.27 Special accessories.
15.29 Inspection by the Commission.
15.31 Measurement standards.
15.32 Test procedures for CPU boards and computer power supplies.
15.33 Frequency range of radiated measurements.
15.35 Measurement detector functions and bandwidths.
15.37 Transition provisions for compliance with the rules.
15.38 Incorporation by reference.

                    Subpart B_Unintentional Radiators

15.101 Equipment authorization of unintentional radiators.
15.102 CPU boards and power supplies used in personal computers.
15.103 Exempted devices.
15.105 Information to the user.
15.107 Conducted limits.
15.109 Radiated emission limits.
15.111 Antenna power conduction limits for receivers.
15.113 Power line carrier systems.
15.115 TV interface devices, including cable system terminal devices.
15.117 TV broadcast receivers.
15.118 Cable ready consumer electronics equipment.
15.119 Closed caption decoder requirements for analog television 
          receivers.
15.120 Program blocking technology requirements for television 
          receivers.
15.121 Scanning receivers and frequency converters used with scanning 
          receivers.
15.122 Closed caption decoder requirements for digital television 
          receivers and converter boxes.
15.123 Labeling of digital cable ready products.

                     Subpart C_Intentional Radiators

15.201 Equipment authorization requirement.
15.203 Antenna requirement.
15.204 External radio frequency power amplifiers and antenna 
          modifications.
15.205 Restricted bands of operation.
15.207 Conducted limits.
15.209 Radiated emission limits; general requirements.
15.211 Tunnel radio systems.
15.213 Cable locating equipment.
15.214 Cordless telephones.

[[Page 751]]

             Radiated Emission Limits, Additional Provisions

15.215 Additional provisions to the general radiated emission 
          limitations.
15.217 Operation in the band 160-190 kHz.
15.219 Operation in the band 510-1705 kHz.
15.221 Operation in the band 525-1705 kHz.
15.223 Operation in the band 1.705-10 MHz.
15.225 Operation within the band 13.110-14.010 MHz.
15.227 Operation within the band 26.96-27.28 MHz.
15.229 Operation within the band 40.66-40.70 MHz.
15.231 Periodic operation in the band 40.66-40.70 MHz and above 70 MHz.
15.233 Operation within the bands 43.71-44.49 MHz, 46.60-46.98 MHz, 
          48.75-49.51 MHz and 49.66-50.0 MHz.
15.235 Operation within the band 49.82-49.90 MHz.
15.237 Operation in the bands 72.0-73.0 MHz, 74.6-74.8 MHz and 75.2-76.0 
          MHz.
15.239 Operation in the band 88-108 MHz.
15.240 Operation in the band 433.5-434.5 MHz.
15.241 Operation in the band 174-216 MHz.
15.242 Operation in the bands 174-216 MHz and 470-668 MHz.
15.243 Operation in the band 890-940 MHz.
15.245 Operation within the bands 902-928 MHz, 2435-2465 MHz, 5785-5815 
          MHz, 10500-10550 MHz, and 24075-24175 MHz.
15.247 Operation within the bands 902-928 MHz, 2400-2483.5 MHz, and 
          5725-5850 MHz.
15.249 Operation within the bands 902-928 MHz, 2400-2483.5 MHz, 5725-
          5875 MHz, and 24.0-24.25 GHz.
15.251 Operation within the bands 2.9-3.26 GHz, 3.267-3.332 GHz, 3.339-
          3.3458 GHz, and 3.358-3.6 GHz.
15.253 Operation within the bands 46.7-46.9 GHz and 76.0-77.0 GHz.
15.255 Operation within the band 57-64 GHz.
15.257 Operation within the band 92-95 GHz.

      Subpart D_Unlicensed Personal Communications Service Devices

15.301 Scope.
15.303 Definitions.
15.305 Equipment authorization requirement.
15.307 Coordination with fixed microwave service.
15.309 Cross reference.
15.311 Labelling requirements.
15.313 Measurement procedures.
15.315 Conducted limits.
15.317 Antenna requirement.
15.319 General technical requirements.
15.321 Specific requirements for asynchonous devices operating in the 
          1910-1920 MHz and 2390-2400 MHz bands.
15.323 Specific requirements for isochronous devices operating in the 
          1920-1930 MHz sub-band.

    Subpart E_Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure Devices

15.401 Scope.
15.403 Definitions.
15.405 Cross reference.
15.407 General technical requirements.

                   Subpart F_Ultra-Wideband Operation

15.501 Scope.
15.503 Definitions.
15.505 Cross reference.
15.507 Marketing of UWB equipment.
15.509 Technical requirements for ground penetrating radars and wall 
          imaging systems.
15.510 Technical requirements for through D-wall imaging systems.
15.511 Technical requirements for surveillance systems.
15.513 Technical requirements for medical imaging systems.
15.515 Technical requirements for vehicular radar systems.
15.517 Technical requirements for indoor UWB systems.
15.519 Technical requirements for hand held UWB systems.
15.521 Technical requirements applicable to all UWB devices.
15.523 Measurement procedures.
15.525 Coordination requirements.

    Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 304, 307, 336, and 544a.

    Source: 54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, unless otherwise noted.



                            Subpart A_General



Sec. 15.1  Scope of this part.

    (a) This part sets out the regulations under which an intentional, 
unintentional, or incidental radiator may be operated without an 
individual license. It also contains the technical specifications, 
administrative requirements and other conditions relating to the 
marketing of part 15 devices.
    (b) The operation of an intentional or unintentional radiator that 
is not in accordance with the regulations in this part must be licensed 
pursuant to the provisions of section 301 of the Communications Act of 
1934, as amended, unless otherwise exempted from the licensing 
requirements elsewhere in this chapter.
    (c) Unless specifically exempted, the operation or marketing of an 
intentional or unintentional radiator that is not in compliance with the 
administrative and technical provisions in this

[[Page 752]]

part, including prior Commission authorization or verification, as 
appropriate, is prohibited under section 302 of the Communications Act 
of 1934, as amended, and subpart I of part 2 of this chapter. The 
equipment authorization and verification procedures are detailed in 
subpart J of part 2 of this chapter.



Sec. 15.3  Definitions.

    (a) Auditory assistance device. An intentional radiator used to 
provide auditory assistance to a handicapped person or persons. Such a 
device may be used for auricular training in an education institution, 
for auditory assistance at places of public gatherings, such as a 
church, theater, or auditorium, and for auditory assistance to 
handicapped individuals, only, in other locations.
    (b) Biomedical telemetry device. An intentional radiator used to 
transmit measurements of either human or animal biomedical phenomena to 
a receiver.
    (c) Cable input selector switch. A transfer switch that is intended 
as a means to alternate between the reception of broadcast signals via 
connection to an antenna and the reception of cable television service.
    (d) Cable locating equipment. An intentional radiator used 
intermittently by trained operators to locate buried cables, lines, 
pipes, and similar structures or elements. Operation entails coupling a 
radio frequency signal onto the cable, pipes, etc. and using a receiver 
to detect the location of that structure or element.
    (e) Cable system terminal device (CSTD). A TV interface device that 
serves, as its primary function, to connect a cable system operated 
under part 76 of this chapter to a TV broadcast receiver or other 
subscriber premise equipment. Any device which functions as a CSTD in 
one of its operating modes must comply with the technical requirements 
for such devices when operating in that mode.
    (f) Carrier current system. A system, or part of a system, that 
transmits radio frequency energy by conduction over the electric power 
lines. A carrier current system can be designed such that the signals 
are received by conduction directly from connection to the electric 
power lines (unintentional radiator) or the signals are received over-
the-air due to radiation of the radio frequency signals from the 
electric power lines (intentional radiator).
    (g) CB receiver. Any receiver that operates in the Personal Radio 
Services on frequencies allocated for Citizens Band (CB) Radio Service 
stations, as well as any receiver provided with a separate band 
specifically designed to receive the transmissions of CB stations in the 
Personal Radio Services. This includes the following: (1) A CB receiver 
sold as a separate unit of equipment; (2) the receiver section of a CB 
transceiver; (3) a converter to be used with any receiver for the 
purpose of receiving CB transmissions; and, (4) a multiband receiver 
that includes a band labelled ``CB'' or ``11-meter'' in which such band 
can be separately selected, except that an Amateur Radio Service 
receiver that was manufactured prior to January 1, 1960, and which 
includes an 11-meter band shall not be considered to be a CB receiver.
    (h) Class A digital device. A digital device that is marketed for 
use in a commercial, industrial or business environment, exclusive of a 
device which is marketed for use by the general public or is intended to 
be used in the home.
    (i) Class B digital device. A digital device that is marketed for 
use in a residential environment notwithstanding use in commercial, 
business and industrial environments. Examples of such devices include, 
but are not limited to, personal computers, calculators, and similar 
electronic devices that are marketed for use by the general public.

    Note: The responsible party may also qualify a device intended to be 
marketed in a commercial, business or industrial environment as a Class 
B device, and in fact is encouraged to do so, provided the device 
complies with the technical specifications for a Class B digital device. 
In the event that a particular type of device has been found to 
repeatedly cause harmful interference to radio communications, the 
Commission may classify such a digital device as a Class B digital 
device, regardless of its intended use.

    (j) Cordless telephone system. A system consisting of two 
transceivers, one a base station that connects to the public switched 
telephone network and the

[[Page 753]]

other a mobile handset unit that communicates directly with the base 
station. Transmissions from the mobile unit are received by the base 
station and then placed on the public switched telephone network. 
Information received from the switched telephone network is transmitted 
by the base station to the mobile unit.

    Note: The Domestic Public Cellular Radio Telecommunications Service 
is considered to be part of the switched telephone network. In addition, 
intercom and paging operations are permitted provided these are not 
intended to be the primary modes of operation.

    (k) Digital device. (Previously defined as a computing device). An 
unintentional radiator (device or system) that generates and uses timing 
signals or pulses at a rate in excess of 9,000 pulses (cycles) per 
second and uses digital techniques; inclusive of telephone equipment 
that uses digital techniques or any device or system that generates and 
uses radio frequency energy for the purpose of performing data 
processing functions, such as electronic computations, operations, 
transformations, recording, filing, sorting, storage, retrieval, or 
transfer. A radio frequency device that is specifically subject to an 
emanation requirement in any other FCC Rule part or an intentional 
radiator subject to subpart C of this part that contains a digital 
device is not subject to the standards for digital devices, provided the 
digital device is used only to enable operation of the radio frequency 
device and the digital device does not control additional functions or 
capabilities.

    Note: Computer terminals and peripherals that are intended to be 
connected to a computer are digital devices.

    (l) Field disturbance sensor. A device that establishes a radio 
frequency field in its vicinity and detects changes in that field 
resulting from the movement of persons or objects within its range.
    (m) Harmful interference. Any emission, radiation or induction that 
endangers the functioning of a radio navigation service or of other 
safety services or seriously degrades, obstructs or repeatedly 
interrupts a radiocommunications service operating in accordance with 
this chapter.
    (n) Incidental radiator. A device that generates radio frequency 
energy during the course of its operation although the device is not 
intentionally designed to generate or emit radio frequency energy. 
Examples of incidental radiators are dc motors, mechanical light 
switches, etc.
    (o) Intentional radiator. A device that intentionally generates and 
emits radio frequency energy by radiation or induction.
    (p) Kit. Any number of electronic parts, usually provided with a 
schematic diagram or printed circuit board, which, when assembled in 
accordance with instructions, results in a device subject to the 
regulations in this part, even if additional parts of any type are 
required to complete assembly.
    (q) Perimeter protection system. A field disturbance sensor that 
employs RF transmission lines as the radiating source. These RF 
transmission lines are installed in such a manner that allows the system 
to detect movement within the protected area.
    (r) Peripheral device. An input/output unit of a system that feeds 
data into and/or receives data from the central processing unit of a 
digital device. Peripherals to a digital device include any device that 
is connected external to the digital device, any device internal to the 
digital device that connects the digital device to an external device by 
wire or cable, and any circuit board designed for interchangeable 
mounting, internally or externally, that increases the operating or 
processing speed of a digital device, e.g., ``turbo'' cards and 
``enhancement'' boards. Examples of peripheral devices include 
terminals, printers, external floppy disk drives and other data storage 
devices, video monitors, keyboards, interface boards, external memory 
expansion cards, and other input/output devices that may or may not 
contain digital circuitry. This definition does not include CPU boards, 
as defined in paragraph (bb) of this section, even though a CPU board 
may connect to an external keyboard or other components.
    (s) Personal computer. An electronic computer that is marketed for 
use in the home, notwithstanding business

[[Page 754]]

applications. Such computers are considered Class B digital devices. 
Computers which use a standard TV receiver as a display device or meet 
all of the following conditions are considered examples of personal 
computers:
    (1) Marketed through a retail outlet or direct mail order catalog.
    (2) Notices of sale or advertisements are distributed or directed to 
the general public or hobbyist users rather than restricted to 
commercial users.
    (3) Operates on a battery or 120 volt electrical supply.

If the responsible party can demonstrate that because of price or 
performance the computer is not suitable for residential or hobbyist 
use, it may request that the computer be considered to fall outside of 
the scope of this definition for personal computers.
    (t) Power line carrier systems. An unintentional radiator employed 
as a carrier current system used by an electric power utility entity on 
transmission lines for protective relaying, telemetry, etc. for general 
supervision of the power system. The system operates by the transmission 
of radio frequency energy by conduction over the electric power 
transmission lines of the system. The system does not include those 
electric lines which connect the distribution substation to the customer 
or house wiring.
    (u) Radio frequency (RF) energy. Electromagnetic energy at any 
frequency in the radio spectrum between 9 kHz and 3,000,000 MHz.
    (v) Scanning receiver. For the purpose of this part, this is a 
receiver that automatically switches among two or more frequencies in 
the range of 30 to 960 MHz and that is capable of stopping at and 
receiving a radio signal detected on a frequency. Receivers designed 
solely for the reception of the broadcast signals under part 73 of this 
chapter, for the reception of NOAA broadcast weather band signals, or 
for operation as part of a licensed service are not included in this 
definition.
    (w) Television (TV) broadcast receiver. A device designed to receive 
television pictures that are broadcast simultaneously with sound on the 
television channels authorized under part 73 of this chapter.
    (x) Transfer switch. A device used to alternate between the 
reception of over-the-air radio frequency signals via connection to an 
antenna and the reception of radio frequency signals received by any 
other method, such as from a TV interface device.
    (y) TV interface device. An unintentional radiator that produces or 
translates in frequency a radio frequency carrier modulated by a video 
signal derived from an external or internal signal source, and which 
feeds the modulated radio frequency energy by conduction to the antenna 
terminals or other non-baseband input connections of a television 
broadcast receiver. A TV interface device may include a stand-alone RF 
modulator, or a composite device consisting of an RF modulator, video 
source and other components devices. Examples of TV interface devices 
are video cassette recorders and terminal devices attached to a cable 
system or used with a Master Antenna (including those used for central 
distribution video devices in apartment or office buildings).
    (z) Unintentional radiator. A device that intentionally generates 
radio frequency energy for use within the device, or that sends radio 
frequency signals by conduction to associated equipment via connecting 
wiring, but which is not intended to emit RF energy by radiation or 
induction.
    (aa) Cable ready consumer electronics equipment. Consumer 
electronics TV receiving devices, including TV receivers, videocassette 
recorders and similar devices, that incorporate a tuner capable of 
receiving television signals and an input terminal intended for 
receiving cable television service, and are marketed as ``cable ready'' 
or ``cable compatible.'' Such equipment shall comply with the technical 
standards specified in Sec. 15.118 and the provisions of Sec. 
15.19(d).
    (bb) CPU board. A circuit board that contains a microprocessor, or 
frequency determining circuitry for the microprocessor, the primary 
function of which is to execute user-provided programming, but not 
including:
    (1) A circuit board that contains only a microprocessor intended to 
operate

[[Page 755]]

under the primary control or instruction of a microprocessor external to 
such a circuit board; or
    (2) A circuit board that is a dedicated controller for a storage or 
input/output device.
    (cc) External radio frequency power amplifier. A device which is not 
an integral part of an intentional radiator as manufactured and which, 
when used in conjunction with an intentional radiator as a signal 
source, is capable of amplifying that signal.
    (dd) Test equipment is defined as equipment that is intended 
primarily for purposes of performing measurements or scientific 
investigations. Such equipment includes, but is not limited to, field 
strength meters, spectrum analyzers, and modulation monitors.
    (ee) Radar detector. A receiver designed to signal the presence of 
radio signals used for determining the speed of motor vehicles. This 
definition does not encompass the receiver incorporated within a radar 
transceiver certified under the Commission's rules.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 18340, May 2, 1990; 57 
FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 59 FR 25340, May 16, 1994; 61 FR 31048, June 
19, 1996; 62 FR 26242, May 13, 1997; 64 FR 22561, Apr. 27, 1999; 65 FR 
64391, Oct. 27, 2000; 66 FR 32582, June 15, 2001; 67 FR 48993, July 29, 
2002]



Sec. 15.5  General conditions of operation.

    (a) Persons operating intentional or unintentional radiators shall 
not be deemed to have any vested or recognizable right to continued use 
of any given frequency by virtue of prior registration or certification 
of equipment, or, for power line carrier systems, on the basis of prior 
notification of use pursuant to Sec. 90.63(g) of this chapter.
    (b) Operation of an intentional, unintentional, or incidental 
radiator is subject to the conditions that no harmful interference is 
caused and that interference must be accepted that may be caused by the 
operation of an authorized radio station, by another intentional or 
unintentional radiator, by industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) 
equipment, or by an incidental radiator.
    (c) The operator of a radio frequency device shall be required to 
cease operating the device upon notification by a Commission 
representative that the device is causing harmful interference. 
Operation shall not resume until the condition causing the harmful 
interference has been corrected.
    (d) Intentional radiators that produce Class B emissions (damped 
wave) are prohibited.



Sec. 15.7  Special temporary authority.

    (a) The Commission will, in exceptional situations, consider an 
individual application for a special temporary authorization to operate 
an incidental, intentional or unintentional radiation device not 
conforming to the provisions of this part, where it can be shown that 
the proposed operation would be in the public interest, that it is for a 
unique type of station or for a type of operation which is incapable of 
being established as a regular service, and that the proposed operation 
can not feasibly be conducted under this part.
    (b) No authorization is required in order to perform testing of 
equipment for determining compliance with these regulations. Except as 
provided in subpart I of part 2 of this chapter, this provision does not 
permit the providing of equipment to potential users in order to 
determine customer acceptance of the product or marketing strategy, nor 
does this provision permit any type of operation other than a 
determination of compliance with the regulations. During this testing, 
the provisions of Sec. Sec. 15.5 and 15.205 apply.

    Effective Date Note: At 69 FR 54034, Sept. 7, 2004, Sec. 15.7 was 
removed, effective Oct. 7, 2004.



Sec. 15.9  Prohibition against eavesdropping.

    Except for the operations of law enforcement officers conducted 
under lawful authority, no person shall use, either directly or 
indirectly, a device operated pursuant to the provisions of this part 
for the purpose of overhearing or recording the private conversations of 
others unless such use is authorized by all of the parties engaging in 
the conversation.

[[Page 756]]



Sec. 15.11  Cross reference.

    The provisions of subparts A, H, I, J and K of part 2 apply to 
intentional and unintentional radiators, in addition to the provisions 
of this part. Also, a cable system terminal device and a cable input 
selector switch shall be subject to the relevant provisions of part 76 
of this chapter.



Sec. 15.13  Incidental radiators.

    Manufacturers of these devices shall employ good engineering 
practices to minimize the risk of harmful interference.



Sec. 15.15  General technical requirements.

    (a) An intentional or unintentional radiator shall be constructed in 
accordance with good engineering design and manufacturing practice. 
Emanations from the device shall be suppressed as much as practicable, 
but in no case shall the emanations exceed the levels specified in these 
rules.
    (b) An intentional or unintentional radiator must be constructed 
such that the adjustments of any control that is readily accessible by 
or intended to be accessible to the user will not cause operation of the 
device in violation of the regulations.
    (c) Parties responsible for equipment compliance should note that 
the limits specified in this part will not prevent harmful interference 
under all circumstances. Since the operators of part 15 devices are 
required to cease operation should harmful interference occur to 
authorized users of the radio frequency spectrum, the parties 
responsible for equipment compliance are encouraged to employ the 
minimum field strength necessary for communications, to provide greater 
attenuation of unwanted emissions than required by these regulations, 
and to advise the user as to how to resolve harmful interference 
problems (for example, see Sec. 15.105(b)).



Sec. 15.17  Susceptibility to interference.

    (a) Parties responsible for equipment compliance are advised to 
consider the proximity and the high power of non-Government licensed 
radio stations, such as broadcast, amateur, land mobile, and non-
geostationary mobile satellite feeder link earth stations, and of U.S. 
Government radio stations, which could include high-powered radar 
systems, when choosing operating frequencies during the design of their 
equipment so as to reduce the susceptibility for receiving harmful 
interference. Information on non-Government use of the spectrum can be 
obtained by consulting the Table of Frequency Allocations in Sec. 2.106 
of this chapter.
    (b) Information on U.S. Government operations can be obtained by 
contacting: Director, Spectrum Plans and Policy, National 
Telecommunications and Information Administration, Department of 
Commerce, Room 4096, Washington, DC 20230.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 62 FR 4655, Jan. 31, 1997; 63 
FR 40835, July 31, 1998]



Sec. 15.19  Labelling requirements.

    (a) In addition to the requirements in part 2 of this chapter, a 
device subject to certification, or verification shall be labelled as 
follows:
    (1) Receivers associated with the operation of a licensed radio 
service, e.g., FM broadcast under part 73 of this chapter, land mobile 
operation under part 90, etc., shall bear the following statement in a 
conspicuous location on the device:

    This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is 
subject to the condition that this device does not cause harmful 
interference.

    (2) A stand-alone cable input selector switch, shall bear the 
following statement in a conspicuous location on the device:

    This device is verified to comply with part 15 of the FCC Rules for 
use with cable television service.

    (3) All other devices shall bear the following statement in a 
conspicuous location on the device:

    This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is 
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause 
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference 
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.


[[Page 757]]


    (4) Where a device is constructed in two or more sections connected 
by wires and marketed together, the statement specified under paragraph 
(a) of this section is required to be affixed only to the main control 
unit.
    (5) When the device is so small or for such use that it is not 
practicable to place the statement specified under paragraph (a) of this 
section on it, the information required by this paragraph shall be 
placed in a prominent location in the instruction manual or pamphlet 
supplied to the user or, alternatively, shall be placed on the container 
in which the device is marketed. However, the FCC identifier or the 
unique identifier, as appropriate, must be displayed on the device.
    (b) Products subject to authorization under a Declaration of 
Conformity shall be labelled as follows:
    (1) The label shall be located in a conspicuous location on the 
device and shall contain the unique identification described in Sec. 
2.1074 of this chapter and the following logo:
    (i) If the product is authorized based on testing of the product or 
system; or
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR09DE03.000

    (ii) If a personal computer is authorized based on assembly using 
separately authorized components, in accordance with Sec. 15.101(c)(2) 
or (c)(3), and the resulting product is not separately tested:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR09DE03.001

    (2) Label text and information should be in a size of type large 
enough to be readily legible, consistent with the dimensions of the 
equipment and the label. However, the type size for the text is not 
required to be larger than eight point.
    (3) When the device is so small or for such use that it is not 
practicable to place the statement specified under paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section on it, such as for a CPU board or a plug-in circuit board 
peripheral device, the text associated with the logo may be placed in a 
prominent location in the instruction manual or pamphlet supplied to the 
user. However, the unique identification (trade name and model number) 
and the logo must be displayed on the device.
    (4) The label shall not be a stick-on, paper label. The label on 
these products shall be permanently affixed to the product and shall be 
readily visible to the purchaser at the time of purchase, as described 
in Sec. 2.925(d) of this chapter. ``Permanently affixed'' means that 
the label is etched, engraved,

[[Page 758]]

stamped, silkscreened, indelibly printed, or otherwise permanently 
marked on a permanently attached part of the equipment or on a nameplate 
of metal, plastic, or other material fastened to the equipment by 
welding, riveting, or a permanent adhesive. The label must be designed 
to last the expected lifetime of the equipment in the environment in 
which the equipment may be operated and must not be readily detachable.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Consumer electronics TV receiving devices, including TV 
receivers, videocassette recorders, and similar devices, that 
incorporate features intended to be used with cable television service, 
but do not fully comply with the technical standards for cable ready 
equipment set forth in Sec. 15.118, shall not be marketed with 
terminology that describes the device as ``cable ready'' or ``cable 
compatible,'' or that otherwise conveys the impression that the device 
is fully compatible with cable service. Factual statements about the 
various features of a device that are intended for use with cable 
service or the quality of such features are acceptable so long as such 
statements do not imply that the device is fully compatible with cable 
service. Statements relating to product features are generally 
acceptable where they are limited to one or more specific features of a 
device, rather than the device as a whole. This requirement applies to 
consumer TV receivers, videocassette recorders and similar devices 
manufactured or imported for sale in this country on or after October 
31, 1994.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 59 FR 25341, May 16, 1994; 61 
FR 18509, Apr. 26, 1996; 61 FR 31048, June 19, 1996; 62 FR 41881, Aug. 
4, 1997; 63 FR 36602, July 7, 1998; 65 FR 64391, Oct. 27, 2000; 68 FR 
66732, Nov. 28, 2003; 68 FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003]



Sec. 15.21  Information to user.

    The users manual or instruction manual for an intentional or 
unintentional radiator shall caution the user that changes or 
modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for 
compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. In 
cases where the manual is provided only in a form other than paper, such 
as on a computer disk or over the Internet, the information required by 
this section may be included in the manual in that alternative form, 
provided the user can reasonably be expected to have the capability to 
access information in that form.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003]



Sec. 15.23  Home-built devices.

    (a) Equipment authorization is not required for devices that are not 
marketed, are not constructed from a kit, and are built in quantities of 
five or less for personal use.
    (b) It is recognized that the individual builder of home-built 
equipment may not possess the means to perform the measurements for 
determining compliance with the regulations. In this case, the builder 
is expected to employ good engineering practices to meet the specified 
technical standards to the greatest extent practicable. The provisions 
of Sec. 15.5 apply to this equipment.



Sec. 15.25  Kits.

    A TV interface device, including a cable system terminal device, 
which is marketed as a kit shall comply with the following requirements:
    (a) All parts necessary for the assembled device to comply with the 
technical requirements of this part must be supplied with the kit. No 
mechanism for adjustment that can cause operation in violation of the 
requirements of this part shall be made accessible to the builder.
    (b) At least two units of the kit shall be assembled in exact 
accordance with the instructions supplied with the product to be 
marketed. If all components required to fully complete the kit (other 
than those specified in paragraph (a) of this section which are needed 
for compliance with the technical provisions and must be included with 
the kit) are not normally furnished with the kit, assembly shall be made 
using the recommended components. The assembled units shall be certified 
or authorized under the Declaration of Conformity procedure, as 
appropriate, pursuant to the requirements of this part.

[[Page 759]]

    (1) The measurement data required for a TV interface device subject 
to certification shall be obtained for each of the two units and 
submitted with an application for certification pursuant to subpart J of 
part 2 of this chapter.
    (2) The measurement data required for a TV interface device subject 
to Declaration of Conformity shall be obtained for the units tested and 
retained on file pursuant to the provisions of subpart J of part 2 of 
this chapter.
    (c) A copy of the exact instructions that will be provided for 
assembly of the device shall be submitted with an application for 
certification. Those parts which are not normally furnished shall be 
detailed in the application for equipment authorization.
    (d) In lieu of the label required by Sec. 15.19, the following 
label, along with the label bearing the FCC identifier and other 
information specified in Sec. Sec. 2.925 and 2.926, shall be included 
in the kit with instructions to the builder that it shall be attached to 
the completed kit:

                            (Name of Grantee)

                            (FCC Identifier)

    This device can be expected to comply with part 15 of the FCC Rules 
provided it is assembled in exact accordance with the instructions 
provided with this kit. Operation is subject to the following 
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) 
this device must accept any interference received including interference 
that may cause undesired operation.

    (e) For the purpose of this section, circuit boards used as repair 
parts for the replacement of electrically identical defective circuit 
boards are not considered to be kits.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989,as amended at 63 FR 36602, July 7, 1998]



Sec. 15.27  Special accessories.

    (a) Equipment marketed to a consumer must be capable of complying 
with the necessary regulations in the configuration in which the 
equipment is marketed. Where special accessories, such as shielded 
cables and/or special connectors, are required to enable an 
unintentional or intentional radiator to comply with the emission limits 
in this part, the equipment must be marketed with, i.e., shipped and 
sold with, those special accessories. However, in lieu of shipping or 
packaging the special accessories with the unintentional or intentional 
radiator, the responsible party may employ other methods of ensuring 
that the special accessories are provided to the consumer, without 
additional charge, at the time of purchase. Information detailing any 
alternative method used to supply the special accessories shall be 
included in the application for a grant of equipment authorization or 
retained in the verification records, as appropriate. The party 
responsible for the equipment, as detailed in Sec. 2.909 of this 
chapter, shall ensure that these special accessories are provided with 
the equipment. The instruction manual for such devices shall include 
appropriate instructions on the first page of the text concerned with 
the installation of the device that these special accessories must be 
used with the device. It is the responsibility of the user to use the 
needed special accessories supplied with the equipment. In cases where 
the manual is provided only in a form other than paper, such as on a 
computer disk or over the Internet, the information required by this 
section may be included in the manual in that alternative form, provided 
the user can reasonably be expected to have the capability to access 
information in that form.
    (b) If a device requiring special accessories is installed by or 
under the supervision of the party marketing the device, it is the 
responsibility of that party to install the equipment using the special 
accessories. For equipment requiring professional installation, it is 
not necessary for the responsible party to market the special 
accessories with the equipment. However, the need to use the special 
accessories must be detailed in the instruction manual, and it is the 
responsibility of the installer to provide and to install the required 
accessories.
    (c) Accessory items that can be readily obtained from multiple 
retail outlets are not considered to be special accessories and are not 
required to be marketed with the equipment. The manual included with the 
equipment

[[Page 760]]

must specify what additional components or accessories are required to 
be used in order to ensure compliance with this part, and it is the 
responsibility of the user to provide and use those components and 
accessories.
    (d) The resulting system, including any accessories or components 
marketed with the equipment, must comply with the regulations.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 FR 68545, Dec. 9, 2003]



Sec. 15.29  Inspection by the Commission.

    (a) Any equipment or device subject to the provisions of this part, 
together with any certificate, notice of registration or any technical 
data required to be kept on file by the operator, supplier or party 
responsible for compliance of the device shall be made available for 
inspection by a Commission representative upon reasonable request.
    (b) The owner or operator of a radio frequency device subject to 
this part shall promptly furnish to the Commission or its representative 
such information as may be requested concerning the operation of the 
radio frequency device.
    (c) The party responsible for the compliance of any device subject 
to this part shall promptly furnish to the Commission or its 
representatives such information as may be requested concerning the 
operation of the device, including a copy of any measurements made for 
obtaining an equipment authorization or demonstrating compliance with 
the regulations.
    (d) The Commission, from time to time, may request the party 
responsible for compliance, including an importer, to submit to the FCC 
Laboratory in Columbia, Maryland, various equipment to determine that 
the equipment continues to comply with the applicable standards. 
Shipping costs to the Commission's Laboratory and return shall be borne 
by the responsible party. Testing by the Commission will be performed 
using the measurement procedure(s) that was in effect at the time the 
equipment was authorized or verified.



Sec. 15.31  Measurement standards.

    (a) The following measurement procedures are used by the Commission 
to determine compliance with the technical requirements in this part. 
Except where noted, copies of these procedures are available from the 
Commission's current duplicating contractor whose name and address are 
available from the Commission's Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau 
at 1-888-CALL-FCC (1-888-225-5322).
    (1) FCC/OET MP-2: Measurement of UHF Noise Figures of TV Receivers.
    (2) Unlicensed Personal Communication Service (UPCS) devices are to 
be measured for compliance using ANSI C63.17-1998: ``Methods of 
Measurement of the Electromagnetic and Operational Compatibility of 
Unlicensed Personal Communications Services (UPCS) Devices'', 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 15.38). This incorporation by 
reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
    (3) Other intentional and unintentional radiators are to be measured 
for compliance using the following procedure excluding sections 4.1, 
5.2, 5.7, 9 and 14: ANSI C63.4-2001: ``Methods of Measurement of Radio-
Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in 
the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 
15.38). This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of 
the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 
51.
    Note to Paragraph (a)(3):
    Digital devices tested to show compliance with the provisions of 
Sec. Sec. 15.107(e) and 15.109(g) must be tested following the ANSI 
C63.4 procedure described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
    (b) All parties making compliance measurements on equipment subject 
to the requirements of this part are urged to use these measurement 
procedures. Any party using other procedures should ensure that such 
other procedures can be relied on to produce measurement results 
compatible with the FCC measurement procedures. The description of the 
measurement procedure used in testing the equipment for

[[Page 761]]

compliance and a list of the test equipment actually employed shall be 
made part of an application for certification or included with the data 
required to be retained by the party responsible for devices authorized 
pursuant to a Declaration of Conformity or devices subject to 
verification.
    (c) For swept frequency equipment, measurements shall be made with 
the frequency sweep stopped at those frequencies chosen for the 
measurements to be reported.
    (d) Field strength measurements shall be made, to the extent 
possible, on an open field site. Test sites other than open field sites 
may be employed if they are properly calibrated so that the measurement 
results correspond to what would be obtained from an open field site. In 
the case of equipment for which measurements can be performed only at 
the installation site, such as perimeter protection systems, carrier 
current systems, and systems employing a ``leaky'' coaxial cable as an 
antenna, measurements for verification or for obtaining a grant of 
equipment authorizaton shall be performed at a minimum of three 
installations that can be demonstrated to be representative of typical 
installation sites.
    (e) For intentional radiators, measurements of the variation of the 
input power or the radiated signal level of the fundamental frequency 
component of the emission, as appropriate, shall be performed with the 
supply voltage varied between 85% and 115% of the nominal rated supply 
voltage. For battery operated equipment, the equipment tests shall be 
performed using a new battery.
    (f) To the extent practicable, the device under test shall be 
measured at the distance specified in the appropriate rule section. The 
distance specified corresponds to the horizontal distance between the 
measurement antenna and the closest point of the equipment under test, 
support equipment or interconnecting cables as determined by the 
boundary defined by an imaginary straight line periphery describing a 
simple geometric configuration enclosing the system containing the 
equipment under test. The equipment under test, support equipment and 
any interconnecting cables shall be included within this boundary.
    (1) At frequencies at or above 30 MHz, measurements may be performed 
at a distance other than what is specified provided: measurements are 
not made in the near field except where it can be shown that near field 
measurements are appropriate due to the characteristics of the device; 
and it can be demonstrated that the signal levels needed to be measured 
at the distance employed can be detected by the measurement equipment. 
Measurements shall not be performed at a distance greater than 30 meters 
unless it can be further demonstrated that measurements at a distance of 
30 meters or less are impractical. When performing measurements at a 
distance other than that specified, the results shall be extrapolated to 
the specified distance using an extrapolation factor of 20 dB/decade 
(inverse linear-distance for field strength measurements; inverse-
linear-distance-squared for power density measurements).
    (2) At frequencies below 30 MHz, measurements may be performed at a 
distance closer than that specified in the regulations; however, an 
attempt should be made to avoid making measurements in the near field. 
Pending the development of an appropriate measurement procedure for 
measurements performed below 30 MHz, when performing measurements at a 
closer distance than specified, the results shall be extrapolated to the 
specified distance by either making measurements at a minimum of two 
distances on at least one radial to determine the proper extrapolation 
factor or by using the square of an inverse linear distance 
extrapolation factor (40 dB/decade).
    (3) The applicant for a grant of certification shall specify the 
extrapolation method used in the application filed with the Commission. 
For equipment subject to Declaration of Conformity or verification, this 
information shall be retained with the measurement data.
    (4) When measurement distances of 30 meters or less are specified in 
the regulations, the Commission will test the equipment at the distance 
specified unless measurement at that distance results in measurements 
being performed

[[Page 762]]

in the near field. When measurement distances of greater than 30 meters 
are specified in the regulations, the Commission will test the equipment 
at a closer distance, usually 30 meters, extrapolating the measured 
field strength to the specified distance using the methods shown in this 
section.
    (5) Measurements shall be performed at a sufficient number of 
radials around the equipment under test to determine the radial at which 
the field strength values of the radiated emissions are maximized. The 
maximum field strength at the frequency being measured shall be reported 
in an application for certification.
    (g) Equipment under test shall be adjusted, using those controls 
that are readily accessible to or are intended to be accessible to the 
consumer, in such a manner as to maximize the level of the emissions. 
For those devices to which wire leads may be attached by the consumer, 
tests shall be performed with wire leads attached. The wire leads shall 
be of the length to be used with the equipment if that length is known. 
Otherwise, wire leads one meter in length shall be attached to the 
equipment. Longer wire leads may be employed if necessary to 
interconnect to associated peripherals.
    (h) For a composite system that incorporates devices contained 
either in a single enclosure or in separate enclosures connected by wire 
or cable, testing for compliance with the standards in this part shall 
be performed with all of the devices in the system functioning. If an 
intentional radiator incorporates more than one antenna or other 
radiating source and these radiating sources are designed to emit at the 
same time, measurements of conducted and radiated emissions shall be 
performed with all radiating sources that are to be employed emitting. A 
device which incorporates a carrier current system shall be tested as if 
the carrier current system were incorporated in a separate device; that 
is, the device shall be tested for compliance with whatever rules would 
apply to the device were the carrier current system not incorporated, 
and the carrier current system shall be tested for compliance with the 
rules applicable to carrier current systems.
    (i) If the device under test provides for the connection of external 
accessories, including external electrical input signals, the device 
shall be tested with the accessories attached. The device under test 
shall be fully exercised with these external accessories. The emission 
tests shall be performed with the device and accessories configured in a 
manner that tends to produce maximized emissions within the range of 
variations that can be expected under normal operating conditions. In 
the case of multiple accessory external ports, an external accessory 
shall be connected to one of each type of port. Only one test using 
peripherals or external accessories that are representative of the 
devices that will be employed with the equipment under test is required. 
All possible equipment combinations do not need to be tested. The 
accessories or peripherals connected to the device being tested shall be 
unmodified, commercially available equipment.
    (j) If the equipment under test consists of a central control unit 
and an external or internal accessory(ies) (peripheral) and the party 
verifying the equipment or applying for a grant of equipment 
authorization manufactures or assembles the central control unit and at 
least one of the accessory devices that can be used with that control 
unit, testing of the control unit and/or the accessory(ies) must be 
performed using the devices manufactured or assembled by that party, in 
addition to any other needed devices which the party does not 
manufacture or assemble. If the party verifying the equipment or 
applying for a grant of equipment authorization does not manufacture or 
assemble the central control unit and at least one of the accessory 
devices that can be used with that control unit or the party can 
demonstrate that the central control unit or accessory(ies) normally 
would be marketed or used with equipment from a different entity, 
testing of the central control unit and/or the accessory(ies) must be 
performed using the specific combination of equipment which is intended 
to be marketed or used together. Only one test using peripherals or 
accessories that are representatve of the devices that will be employed 
with

[[Page 763]]

the equipment under test is required. All possible equipment 
combinations are not required to be tested. The accessories or 
peripherals connected to the device being tested shall be unmodified, 
commercially available equipment.
    (k) A composite system is a system that incorporates different 
devices contained either in a single enclosure or in separate enclosures 
connected by wire or cable. If the individual devices in a composite 
system are subject to different technical standards, each such device 
must comply with its specific standards. In no event may the measured 
emissions of the composite system exceed the highest level permitted for 
an individual component. For digital devices which consist of a 
combination of Class A and Class B devices, the total combination of 
which results in a Class A digital device, it is only necessary to 
demonstrate that the equipment combination complies with the limits for 
a Class A device. This equipment combination may not be employed for 
obtaining a grant of equipment authorization or verifying a Class B 
digital device. However, if the digital device combination consists of a 
Class B central control unit, e.g., a personal computer, and a Class A 
internal peripheral(s), it must be demonstrated that the Class B central 
control unit continues to comply with the limits for a Class B digital 
device with the Class A internal peripheral(s) installed but not active.
    (l) Measurements of radio frequency emissions conducted to the 
public utility power lines shall be performed using a 50 ohm/50 uH line-
impedance stabilization network (LISN).

    Note: Receivers tested under the transition provisions contained in 
Sec. 15.37 may be tested with a 50 ohm/5 [mu]H LISN.

    (m) Measurements on intentional radiators or receivers, other than 
TV broadcast receivers, shall be performed and, if required, reported 
for each band in which the device can be operated with the device 
operating at the number of frequencies in each band specified in the 
following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Frequency range over which device    Number of    Location in the range
              operates               frequencies       of operation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 MHz or less......................           1   Middle.
1 to 10 MHz........................           2   1 near top and 1 near
                                                   bottom.
More than 10 MHz...................           3   1 near top, 1 near
                                                   middle and 1 near
                                                   bottom.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (n) Measurements on TV broadcast receivers shall be performed with 
the receiver tuned to each VHF frequency and also shall include the 
following oscillator frequencies: 520, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 
850, 900 and 931 MHz. If measurements cannot be made on one or more of 
the latter UHF frequencies because of the presence of signals from 
licensed radio stations or for other reasons to be detailed in the 
measurement report, measurements shall be made with the receiver 
oscillator at a nearby frequency. If the receiver is not capable of 
receiving channels above 806 MHz, the measurements employing the 
oscillator frequencies 900 and 931 MHz may be omitted.
    (o) The amplitude of spurious emissions from intentional radiators 
and emissions from unintentional radiators which are attenuated more 
than 20 dB below the permissible value need not be reported unless 
specifically required elsewhere in this part.
    (p) In those cases where the provisions in this section conflict 
with the measurement procedures in paragraph (a) of this section and the 
procedures were implemented after June 23, 1989, the provisions 
contained in the measurement procedures shall take precedence.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 13083, Mar. 29, 1991; 
57 FR 24990, June 12, 1992; 57 FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 58 FR 37430, 
July 12, 1993; 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; 61 FR 14502, Apr. 2, 1996; 62 
FR 41881, Aug. 4, 1997; 62 FR 45333, Aug. 27, 1997; 63 FR 36602, July 7, 
1998; 63 FR 42278, Aug. 7, 1998; 65 FR 58466, Sept. 29, 2000; 68 FR 
68545, Dec. 9, 2003]

    Effective Date Note: At 69 FR 54034, Sept. 7, 2004, Sec. 15.31 was 
amended by revising paragraph (a)(3), effective Oct. 7, 2004. For the 
convenience of the user, the revised text is set forth as follows:

[[Page 764]]

Sec. 15.31  Measurement standards.

    (a) * * *

                                * * * * *

    (3) Other intentional and unintentional radiators are to be measured 
for compliance using the following procedure excluding sections 4.1.5.2, 
5.7, 9 and 14: ANSI C63.4-2003: ``Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise 
Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the 
Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 15.38). 
This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the 
Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.

                                * * * * *



Sec. 15.32  Test procedures for CPU boards and computer power supplies.

    Power supplies and CPU boards used with personal computers and for 
which separate authorizations are required to be obtained shall be 
tested as follows:
    (a) CPU boards shall be tested as follows:
    (1) Testing for radiated emissions shall be performed with the CPU 
board installed in a typical enclosure but with the enclosure's cover 
removed so that the internal circuitry is exposed at the top and on at 
least two sides. Additional components, including a power supply, 
peripheral devices, and subassemblies, shall be added, as needed, to 
result in a complete personal computer system. If the oscillator and the 
microprocessor circuits are contained on separate circuit boards, both 
boards, typical of the combination that would normally be employed, must 
be used in the test. Testing shall be in accordance with the procedures 
specified in Sec. 15.31.
    (i) Under these test conditions, the system under test shall not 
exceed the radiated emission limits specified in Sec. 15.109 by more 
than 6 dB. Emissions greater than 6 dB that can be identified and 
documented to originate from a component(s) other than the CPU board 
being tested, may be dismissed.
    (ii) Unless the test in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section 
demonstrates compliance with the limits in Sec. 15.109, a second test 
shall be performed using the same configuration described above but with 
the cover installed on the enclosure. Testing shall be in accordance 
with the procedures specified in Sec. 15.31. Under these test 
conditions, the system under test shall not exceed the radiated emission 
limits specified in Sec. 15.109.
    (2) In lieu of the procedure in (a)(1) of this section, CPU boards 
may be tested to demonstrate compliance with the limits in Sec. 15.109 
using a specified enclosure with the cover installed. Testing for 
radiated emissions shall be performed with the CPU board installed in a 
typical system configuration. Additional components, including a power 
supply, peripheral devices, and subassemblies, shall be added, as 
needed, to result in a complete personal computer system. If the 
oscillator and the microprocessor circuits are contained on separate 
circuit boards, both boards, typical of the combination that would 
normally be employed, must be used in the test. Testing shall be in 
accordance with the procedures specified in Sec. 15.31. Under this 
procedure, CPU boards that comply with the limits in Sec. 15.109 must 
be marketed together with the specific enclosure used for the test.
    (3) The test demonstrating compliance with the AC power line 
conducted limits specified in Sec. 15.107 shall be performed in 
accordance with the procedures specified in Sec. 15.31 using a 
enclosure, peripherals, power supply and subassemblies that are typical 
of the type with which the CPU board under test would normally be 
employed.
    (b) The power supply shall be tested installed in an enclosure that 
is typical of the type within which it would normally be installed. 
Additional components, including peripheral devices, a CPU board, and 
subassemblies, shall be added, as needed, to result in a complete 
personal computer system. Testing shall be in accordance with the 
procedures specified in Sec. 15.31 and must demonstrate compliance with 
all of the standards contained in this part.

[61 FR 31048, June 19, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 41881, Aug. 4, 1997]



Sec. 15.33  Frequency range of radiated measurements.

    (a) For an intentional radiator, the spectrum shall be investigated 
from the lowest radio frequency signal generated in the device, without 
going

[[Page 765]]

below 9 kHz, up to at least the frequency shown in this paragraph:
    (1) If the intentional radiator operates below 10 GHz: to the tenth 
harmonic of the highest fundamental frequency or to 40 GHz, whichever is 
lower.
    (2) If the intentional radiator operates at or above 10 GHz and 
below 30 GHz: to the fifth harmonic of the highest fundamental frequency 
or to 100 GHz, whichever is lower.
    (3) If the intentional radiator operates at or above 30 GHz: to the 
fifth harmonic of the highest fundamental frequency or to 200 GHz, 
whichever is lower, unless specified otherwise elsewhere in the rules.
    (4) If the intentional radiator contains a digital device, 
regardless of whether this digital device controls the functions of the 
intentional radiator or the digital device is used for additional 
control or function purposes other than to enable the operation of the 
intentional radiator, the frequency range shall be investigated up to 
the range specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section 
or the range applicable to the digital device, as shown in paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section, whichever is the higher frequency range of 
investigation.
    (b) For unintentional radiators:
    (1) Except as otherwise indicated in paragraphs (b)(2) or (b)(3) of 
this section, for an unintentional radiator, including a digital device, 
the spectrum shall be investigated from the lowest radio frequency 
signal generated or used in the device, without going below the lowest 
frequency for which a radiated emission limit is specified, up to the 
frequency shown in the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
Highest frequency generated or used in the
 device or on which the device operates or       Upper frequency of
                tunes (MHz)                    measurement range (MHz)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Below 1.705...............................  30.
1.705-108.................................  1000.
108-500...................................  2000.
500-1000..................................  5000.
Above 1000................................  5th harmonic of the highest
                                             frequency or 40 GHz,
                                             whichever is lower.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) A unintentional radiator, excluding a digital device, in which 
the highest frequency generated in the device, the highest frequency 
used in the device and the highest frequency on which the device 
operates or tunes are less than 30 MHz and which, in accordance with 
Sec. 15.109, is required to comply with standards on the level of 
radiated emissions within the frequency range 9 kHz to 30 MHz, such as a 
CB receiver or a device designed to conduct its radio frequency 
emissions via connecting wires or cables, e.g., a carrier current system 
not intended to radiate, shall be investigated from the lowest radio 
frequency generated or used in the device, without going below 9 kHz (25 
MHz for CB receivers), up to the frequency shown in the following table. 
If the unintentional radiator contains a digital device, the upper 
frequency to be investigated shall be that shown in the table below or 
in the table in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, as based on both the 
highest frequency generated and the highest frequency used in the 
digital device, whichever range is higher.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Upper
                                                              frequency
  Highest frequency generated or used in the device or on         of
          which the device operates or tunes (MHz)           measurement
                                                             range (MHz)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Below 1.705................................................           30
1.705-10...................................................          400
10-30......................................................          500
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) Except for a CB receiver, a receiver employing superheterodyne 
techniques shall be investigated from 30 MHz up to at least the second 
harmonic of the highest local oscillator frequency generated in the 
device. If such receiver is controlled by a digital device, the 
frequency range shall be investigated up to the higher of the second 
harmonic of the highest local oscillator frequency generated in the 
device or the upper frequency of the measurement range specified for the 
digital device in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (c) The above specified frequency ranges of measurements apply to 
the measurement of radiated emissions and, in the case of receivers, the 
measurement to demonstrate compliance with the antenna conduction limits 
specified in Sec. 15.111. The frequency range of measurements for AC 
power line conducted limits is specified in Sec. Sec. 15.107 and 15.207 
and applies to all

[[Page 766]]

equipment subject to those regulations. In some cases, depending on the 
frequency(ies) generated and used by the equipment, only signals 
conducted onto the AC power lines are required to be measured.
    (d) Particular attention should be paid to harmonics and 
subharmonics of the fundamental frequency as well as to those 
frequencies removed from the fundamental by multiples of the oscillator 
frequency. Radiation at the frequencies of multiplier states should also 
be checked.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 61 FR 14502, Apr. 2, 1996; 63 
FR 42278, Aug. 7, 1998]



Sec. 15.35  Measurement detector functions and bandwidths.

    The conducted and radiated emission limits shown in this part are 
based on the following, unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this 
part:
    (a) On any frequency or frequencies below or equal to 1000 MHz, the 
limits shown are based on measuring equipment employing a CISPR quasi-
peak detector function and related measurement bandwidths, unless 
otherwise specified. The specifications for the measuring instrument 
using the CISPR quasi-peak detector can be found in Publication 16 of 
the International Special Committee on Radio Interference (CISPR) of the 
International Electrotechnical Commission. As an alternative to CISPR 
quasi-peak measurements, the responsible party, at its option, may 
demonstrate compliance with the emission limits using measuring 
equipment employing a peak detector function, properly adjusted for such 
factors as pulse desensitization, as long as the same bandwidths as 
indicated for CISPR quasi-peak measurements are employed.

    Note: For pulse modulated devices with a pulse-repetition frequency 
of 20 Hz or less and for which CISPR quasi-peak measurements are 
specified, compliance with the regulations shall be demonstrated using 
measuring equipment employing a peak detector function, properly 
adjusted for such factors as pulse desensitization, using the same 
measurement bandwidths that are indicated for CISPR quasi-peak 
measurements.

    (b) Unless otherwise stated, on any frequency or frequencies above 
1000 MHz the radiated limits shown are based upon the use of measurement 
instrumentation employing an average detector function. When average 
radiated emission measurements are specified in this part, including 
emission measurements below 1000 MHz, there also is a limit on the radio 
frequency emissions, as measured using instrumentation with a peak 
detector function, corresponding to 20 dB above the maximum permitted 
average limit for the frequency being investigated unless a different 
peak emission limit is otherwise specified in the rules, e.g., see 
Sec. Sec. 15.255, 15.509 and 15.511. Unless otherwise specified, 
measurements above 1000 MHz shall be performed using a minimum 
resolution bandwidth of 1 MHz. Measurements of AC power line conducted 
emissions are performed using a CISPR quasi-peak detector, even for 
devices for which average radiated emission measurements are specified.
    (c) Unless otherwise specified, e.g. Sec. 15.255(b), when the 
radiated emission limits are expressed in terms of the average value of 
the emission, and pulsed operation is employed, the measurement field 
strength shall be determined by averaging over one complete pulse train, 
including blanking intervals, as long as the pulse train does not exceed 
0.1 seconds. As an alternative (provided the transmitter operates for 
longer than 0.1 seconds) or in cases where the pulse train exceeds 0.1 
seconds, the measured field strength shall be determined from the 
average absolute voltage during a 0.1 second interval during which the 
field strength is at its maximum value. The exact method of calculating 
the average field strength shall be submitted with any application for 
certification or shall be retained in the measurement data file for 
equipment subject to notification or verification.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 13083, Mar. 29, 1991; 
61 FR 14502, Apr. 2, 1996; 63 FR 42279, Aug. 7, 1998; 67 FR 34855, May 
16, 2002]



Sec. 15.37  Transition provisions for compliance with the rules.

    Equipment may be authorized, manufactured and imported under the 
rules

[[Page 767]]

in effect prior to June 23, 1989, in accordance with the following 
schedules:
    (a) For all intentional and unintentional radiators, except for 
receivers: Radio frequency equipment verified by the responsible party 
or for which an application for a grant of equipment authorization is 
submitted to the Commission on or after June 23, 1992, shall comply with 
the regulations specified in this part. Radio frequency equipment that 
is manufactured or imported on or after June 23, 1994, shall comply with 
the regulations specified in this part.
    (b) For receivers: Receivers subject to the regulations in this part 
that are manufactured or imported on or after June 23, 1999, shall 
comply with the regulations specified in this part. However, if a 
receiver is associated with a transmitter that could not have been 
authorized under the regulations in effect prior to June 23, 1989, e.g., 
a transmitter operating under the provisions of Sec. 15.209 or Sec. 
15.249 (below 960 MHz), the transition provisions in this section do not 
apply. Such receivers must comply with the regulations in this part. In 
addition, receivers are subject to the provisions in paragraph (f) of 
this section.
    (c) There are no restrictions on the operation or marketing of 
equipment complying with the regulations in effect prior to June 23, 
1989.
    (d) Prior to May 25, 1991, person shall import, market or operate 
intentional radiators within the band 902-905 MHz under the provisions 
of Sec. 15.249. Until that date, the Commission will not issue a grant 
of equipment authorization for equipment operating under Sec. 15.249 if 
the equipment is designed to permit operation within the band 902-905 
MHz.
    (e) For cordless telephones: The manufacture and importation of 
cordless telephones not complying with Sec. 15.214(d) of this part 
shall cease on or before September 11, 1991. These provisions will not 
apply to cordless telephones which are repaired or refurbished, or re-
imported after repair or refurbishment. Applications for a grant of 
equipment authorization of cordless telephones not complying with Sec. 
15.214(d) of this part will not be accepted by the Commission after May 
10, 1991. Cordless telephones that have previously received equipment 
authorization and that, without modification, already comply with the 
requirements of Sec. 15.214(d) of this part, need not be reauthorized.
    (f) The manufacture or importation of scanning receivers, and 
frequency converters designed or marketed for use with scanning 
receivers, that do not comply with the provisions of Sec. 15.121(a)(1) 
shall cease on or before April 26, 1994. Effective April 26, 1993, the 
Commission will not grant equipment authorization for receivers that do 
not comply with the provisions of Sec. 15.121(a)(1). These rules do not 
prohibit the sale or use of authorized receivers manufactured in the 
United States, or imported into the United States, prior to April 26, 
1994.
    (g) For CPU boards and power supplies designed to be used with 
personal computers: The manufacture and importation of these products 
shall cease on or before June 19, 1997 unless these products have been 
authorized under a Declaration of Conformity or a grant of 
certification, demonstrating compliance with all of the provisions in 
this part. Limited provisions, as detailed in Sec. 15.101(d), are 
provided to permit the importation and manufacture of these products 
subsequent to this date where the CPU boards and/or power supplies are 
marketed only to personal computer equipment manufacturers.
    (h) The manufacture or importation of scanning receivers, and 
frequency converters designed or marketed for use with scanning 
receivers, that do not comply with the provisions of Sec. 15.121 shall 
cease on or before October 25, 1999. Effective July 26, 1999 the 
Commission will not grant equipment authorization for receivers that do 
not comply with the provisions of Sec. 15.121. This paragraph does not 
prohibit the sale or use of authorized receivers manufactured in the 
United States, or imported into the United States, prior to October 25, 
1999.
    (i) Effective October 16, 2002, an equipment approval may no longer 
be obtained for medical telemetry equipment operating under the 
provisions of Sec. 15.241 or Sec. 15.242. The requirements for 
obtaining an approval for medical telemetry equipment after this date 
are

[[Page 768]]

found in Subpart H of Part 95 of this chapter.
    (j) All radio frequency devices that are authorized under the 
certification, verification or declaration of conformity procedures on 
or after July 12, 2004 shall comply with the conducted limits specified 
in Sec. 15.107 or Sec. 15.207 as appropriate. All radio frequency 
devices that are manufactured or imported on or after July 11, 2005 
shall comply with the conducted limits specified in Sec. 15.107 or 
Sec. 15.207, as appropriate. Equipment authorized, imported or 
manufactured prior to these dates shall comply with the conducted limits 
specified in Sec. 15.107 or Sec. 15.207, as appropriate, or with the 
conducted limits that were in effect immediately prior to September 9, 
2002.
    (k) Radar detectors manufactured or imported after August 28, 2002 
and marketed after September 27, 2002 shall comply with the regulations 
specified in this part. Radar detectors manufactured or imported prior 
to January 27, 2003 may be labeled with the information required by 
Sec. Sec. 2.925 and 15.19(a) of this chapter on the individual 
equipment carton rather than on the device, and are exempt from 
complying with the requirements of Sec. 15.21.
    (l) U-NII equipment operating in the 5.25-5.35 GHz band for which 
applications for certification are filed on or after January 20, 2005 
shall comply with the DFS and TPC requirements specified in Sec. 
15.407. U-NII equipment operating in the 5.25-5.35 GHz band that are 
imported or marketed January 20, 2006 shall comply with the DFS and TPC 
requirements in Sec. 15.407.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32339, Aug. 7, 1989; 55 FR 25095, 
June 20, 1990; 56 FR 3785, Jan. 31, 1991; 58 FR 25575, Apr. 27, 1993; 61 
FR 31049, June 19, 1996; 64 FR 22561, Apr. 27, 1999; 65 FR 44008, July 
17, 2000; 67 FR 45670, July 10, 2002; 67 FR 48993, July 29, 2002; 69 FR 
2686, Jan. 20, 2004]



Sec. 15.38  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The materials listed in this section are incorporated by 
reference in this part. These incorporations by reference were approved 
by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These materials are incorporated as they exist 
on the date of the approval, and notice of any change in these materials 
will be published in the Federal Register. The materials are available 
for purchase at the corresponding addresses as noted, and all are 
available for inspection at the Federal Communications Commission, 445 
12th. St., SW., Reference Information Center, Room CY-A257, Washington, 
DC 20554, and at the National Archives and Records Administration 
(NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, 
call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal--register/
code--of--federal--regulations/ibr--locations.html..
    (b) The following materials are available for purchase from at least 
one of the following addresses: Global Engineering Documents, 15 
Inverness Way East, Englewood, CO 80112 or at http://global.ihs.com; or 
American National Standards Institute, 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, 
New York, NY 10036 or at http://webstore.ansi.org/ansidocstore/
default.asp; or Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers at http://
www.scte.org/standards/index.cfm.
    (1) SCTE 28 2003 (formerly DVS 295): ``Host-POD Interface 
Standard,'' 2003, IBR approved for Sec. 15.123.
    (2) SCTE 41 2003 (formerly DVS 301): ``POD Copy Protection System,'' 
2003, IBR approved for Sec. 15.123.
    (3) ANSI/SCTE 54 2003 (formerly DVS 241): ``Digital Video Service 
Multiplex and Transport System Standard for Cable Television,'' 2003, 
IBR approved for Sec. 15.123.
    (4) ANSI/SCTE 65 2002 (formerly DVS 234): ``Service Information 
Delivered Out-of-Band for Digital Cable Television,'' 2002, IBR approved 
for Sec. 15.123.
    (5) SCTE 40 2003 (formerly DVS 313): ``Digital Cable Network 
Interface Standard,'' 2003, IBR approved for Sec. 15.123.
    (6) ANSI C63.4--2001: ``Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise 
Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the 
Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz'', 2001, IBR approved for Sec. 15.31, except 
for sections 4.1, 5.2, 5.7, 9 and 14.
    (7) EIA IS-132: ``Cable Television Channel Identification Plan,'' 
1994, IBR approved for Sec. 15.118.

[[Page 769]]

    (8) EIA-608: ``Recommended Practice for Line 21 Data Service,'' 
1994, IBR approved for Sec. 15.120.
    (9) EIA-744: ``Transport of Content Advisory Information Using 
Extended Data Service (XDS),'' 1997, IBR approved for Sec. 15.120.
    (10) EIA-708-B: ``Digital Television (DTV) Closed Captioning,'' 
1999, IBR approved for Sec. 15.122.
    (11) Third Edition of the International Special Committee on Radio 
Interference (CISPR), Pub. 22, ``Information Technology Equipment--Radio 
Disturbance Characteristics--Limits and Methods of Measurement,'' 1997, 
IBR approved for Sec. 15.109.
    (12) ANSI C63.17-1998: ``Methods of Measurement of the 
Electromagnetic and Operational Compatibility of Unlicensed Personal 
Communications Services (UPCS) Devices'', 1998, IBR approved for Sec. 
15.31.
    (c) The following materials are freely available from at least one 
of the following addresses: Consumer Electronics Association, 2500 
Wilson Blvd., Arlington, VA 22201 or at http://www.ce.org/publicpolicy: 
Uni-Dir-PICS-I01-030903: ``Uni-Directional Receiving Device: Conformance 
Checklist: PICS Proforma,'' 2003, IBR approved for Sec. 15.123.

[68 FR 66732, Nov. 28, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 
FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004]

    Effective Date Note: At 69 FR 54034, Sept. 7, 2004, Sec. 15.38 was 
amended by revising paragraph (b)(6), effective Oct. 7, 2004. For the 
convenience of the user, the revised text is set forth as follows:

Sec. 15.38  Incorporation by reference.

                                * * * * *

    (b) * * *
    (6) ANSI C63.4-2003: ``Methods of Measurement of Radio-Noise 
Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the 
Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz,'' 2003, IBR approved for Sec. 15.31, except 
for sections 4.1, 5.2, 5.7, 9 and 14.

                                * * * * *

    Effective Date Note: At 69 FR 57861, Sept. 28, 2004, Sec. 15.38 was 
amended by revising paragraph (b)(7), effective Oct. 28, 2004. For the 
convenience of the user, the revised text is set forth as follows:

Sec. 15.38  Incorporation by reference.

                                * * * * *

    (b) * * *
    (7) CEA-542-B: ``CEA Standard: Cable Television Channel 
Identification Plan,'' July 2003, IBR approved for Sec. 15.118.

                                * * * * *



                    Subpart B_Unintentional Radiators



Sec. 15.101  Equipment authorization of unintentional radiators.

    (a) Except as otherwise exempted in Sec. Sec. 15.23, 15.103, and 
15.113, unintentional radiators shall be authorized prior to the 
initiation of marketing, as follows:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Type of device                                  Equipment authorization required
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TV broadcast receiver..................  Verification.
FM broadcast receiver..................  Verification.
CB receiver............................  Declaration of Conformity or Certification.
Superregenerative receiver.............  Declaration of Conformity or Certification.
Scanning receiver......................  Certification.
Radar detector.........................  Certification.
All other receivers subject to part 15.  Declaration of Conformity or Certification.
TV interface device....................  Declaration of Conformity or Certification.
Cable system terminal device...........  Declaration of Conformity.
Stand-alone cable input selector switch  Verification.
Class B personal computers and           Declaration of Conformity or Certification.\1\
 peripherals.
CPU boards and internal power supplies   Declaration of Conformity or Certification.\1\
 used with Class B personal computers.
Class B personal computers assembled     Declaration of Conformity.
 using authorized CPU boards or power
 supplies.
Class B external switching power         Verification.
 supplies.
Other Class B digital devices and        Verification.
 peripherals.
Class A digital devices, peripherals     Verification.
 and external switching power supplies.
All other devices......................  Verification.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note to table: Where the above table indicates more than one category of authorization for a device, the party
  responsible for compliance has the option to select the type of authorization.

[[Page 770]]

 
\1\ Applications for this equipment will no longer be accepted by the Commission once domestic Telecommunication
  Certification Bodies are available to certificate the equipment. See Sec. 2.960 of this chapter.

    (b) Only those receivers that operate (tune) within the frequency 
range of 30-960 MHz, CB receivers and radar detectors are subject to the 
authorizations shown in paragraph (a) of this section. However, 
receivers indicated as being subject to Declaration of Conformity that 
are contained within a transceiver, the transmitter portion of which is 
subject to certification, shall be authorized under the verification 
procedure. Receivers operating above 960 MHz or below 30 MHz, except for 
radar detectors and CB receivers, are exempt from complying with the 
technical provisions of this part but are subject to Sec. 15.5.
    (c) Personal computers shall be authorized in accordance with one of 
the following methods:
    (1) The specific combination of CPU board, power supply and 
enclosure is tested together and authorized under a Declaration of 
Conformity or a grant of certification;
    (2) The personal computer is authorized under a Declaration of 
Conformity or a grant of certification, and the CPU board or power 
supply in that computer is replaced with a CPU board or power supply 
that has been separately authorized under a Declaration of Conformity or 
a grant of certification; or
    (3) The CPU board and power supply used in the assembly of a 
personal computer have been separately authorized under a Declaration of 
Conformity or a grant of certification; and
    (4) Personal computers assembled using either of the methods 
specified in paragraphs (c)(2) or (c)(3) of this section must, by 
themselves, also be authorized under a Declaration of Conformity if they 
are marketed. However, additional testing is not required for this 
Declaration of Conformity, provided the procedures in Sec. 15.102(b) 
are followed.
    (d) Peripheral devices, as defined in Sec. 15.3(r), shall be 
authorized under a Declaration of Conformity, or a grant of 
certification, or verified, as appropriate, prior to marketing. 
Regardless of the provisions of paragraphs (a) or (c) of this section, 
if a CPU board, power supply, or peripheral device will always be 
marketed with a specific personal computer, it is not necessary to 
obtain a separate authorization for that product provided the specific 
combination of personal computer, peripheral device, CPU board and power 
supply has been authorized under a Declaration of Conformity or a grant 
of certification as a personal computer.
    (1) No authorization is required for a peripheral device or a 
subassembly that is sold to an equipment manufacturer for further 
fabrication; that manufacturer is responsible for obtaining the 
necessary authorization prior to further marketing to a vendor or to a 
user.
    (2) Power supplies and CPU boards that have not been separately 
authorized and are designed for use with personal computers may be 
imported and marketed only to a personal computer equipment manufacturer 
that has indicated, in writing, to the seller or importer that they will 
obtain a Declaration of Conformity or a grant of certification for the 
personal computer employing these components.
    (e) Subassemblies to digital devices are not subject to the 
technical standards in this part unless they are marketed as part of a 
system in which case the resulting system must comply with the 
applicable regulations. Subassemblies include:
    (1) Devices that are enclosed solely within the enclosure housing 
the digital device, except for: power supplies used in personal 
computers; devices included under the definition of a peripheral device 
in Sec. 15.3(r); and personal computer CPU boards, as defined in Sec. 
15.3(bb);
    (2) CPU boards, as defined in Sec. 15.3(bb), other than those used 
in personal computers, that are marketed without an enclosure or power 
supply; and
    (3) Switching power supplies that are separately marketed and are 
solely for use internal to a device other than a personal computer.
    (f) The procedures for obtaining a grant of certification or 
notification and for verification and a Declaration

[[Page 771]]

of Conformity are contained in subpart J of part 2 of this chapter.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 61 FR 31050, June 19, 1996; 
63 FR 36602, July 7, 1998; 64 FR 4997, Feb. 2, 1999; 67 FR 48993, July 
29, 2002]



Sec. 15.102  CPU boards and power supplies used in personal computers.

    (a) Authorized CPU boards and power supplies that are sold as 
separate components shall be supplied with complete installation 
instructions. These instructions shall specify all of the installation 
procedures that must be followed to ensure compliance with the 
standards, including, if necessary, the type of enclosure, e.g., a metal 
enclosure, proper grounding techniques, the use of shielded cables, the 
addition of any needed components, and any necessary modifications to 
additional components.
    (1) Any additional parts needed to ensure compliance with the 
standards, except for the enclosure, are considered to be special 
accessories and, in accordance with Sec. 15.27, must be marketed with 
the CPU board or power supply.
    (2) Any modifications that must be made to a personal computer, 
peripheral device, CPU board or power supply during installation of a 
CPU board or power supply must be simple enough that they can be 
performed by the average consumer. Parts requiring soldering, 
disassembly of circuitry or other similar modifications are not 
permitted.
    (b) Assemblers of personal computer systems employing modular CPU 
boards and/or power supplies are not required to test the resulting 
system provided the following conditions are met:
    (1) Each device used in the system has been authorized as required 
under this part (according to Sec. 15.101(e), some subassemblies used 
in a personal computer system may not require an authorization);
    (2) The original label and identification on each piece of equipment 
remain unchanged;
    (3) Each responsible party's instructions to ensure compliance 
(including, if necessary, the use of shielded cables or other 
accessories or modifications) are followed when the system is assembled;
    (4) If the system is marketed, the resulting equipment combination 
is authorized under a Declaration of Conformity pursuant to Sec. 
15.101(c)(4) and a compliance information statement, as described in 
Sec. 2.1077(b), is supplied with the system. Marketed systems shall 
also comply with the labelling requirements in Sec. 15.19 and must be 
supplied with the information required under Sec. Sec. 15.21, 15.27 and 
15.105; and
    (5) The assembler of a personal computer system may be required to 
test the system and/or make necessary modifications if a system is found 
to cause harmful interference or to be noncompliant with the appropriate 
standards in the configuration in which it is marketed (see Sec. Sec. 
2.909, 15.1, 15.27(d) and 15.101(e)).

[61 FR 31050, June 19, 1996]



Sec. 15.103  Exempted devices.

    The following devices are subject only to the general conditions of 
operation in Sec. Sec. 15.5 and 15.29 and are exempt from the specific 
technical standards and other requirements contained in this part. The 
operator of the exempted device shall be required to stop operating the 
device upon a finding by the Commission or its representative that the 
device is causing harmful interference. Operation shall not resume until 
the condition causing the harmful interference has been corrected. 
Although not mandatory, it is strongly recommended that the manufacturer 
of an exempted device endeavor to have the device meet the specific 
technical standards in this part.
    (a) A digital device utilized exclusively in any transportation 
vehicle including motor vehicles and aircraft.
    (b) A digital device used exclusively as an electronic control or 
power system utilized by a public utility or in an industrial plant. The 
term public utility includes equipment only to the extent that it is in 
a dedicated building or large room owned or leased by the utility and 
does not extend to equipment installed in a subscriber's facility.
    (c) A digital device used exclusively as industrial, commercial, or 
medical test equipment.

[[Page 772]]

    (d) A digital device utilized exclusively in an appliance, e.g., 
microwave oven, dishwasher, clothes dryer, air conditioner (central or 
window), etc.
    (e) Specialized medical digital devices (generally used at the 
direction of or under the supervision of a licensed health care 
practitioner) whether used in a patient's home or a health care 
facility. Non-specialized medical devices, i.e., devices marketed 
through retail channels for use by the general public, are not exempted. 
This exemption also does not apply to digital devices used for record 
keeping or any purpose not directly connected with medical treatment.
    (f) Digital devices that have a power consumption not exceeding 6 
nW.
    (g) Joystick controllers or similar devices, such as a mouse, used 
with digital devices but which contain only non-digital circuitry or a 
simple circuit to convert the signal to the format required (e.g., an 
integrated circuit for analog to digital conversion) are viewed as 
passive add-on devices, not themselves directly subject to the technical 
standards or the equipment authorization requirements.
    (h) Digital devices in which both the highest frequency generated 
and the highest frequency used are less than 1.705 MHz and which do not 
operate from the AC power lines or contain provisions for operation 
while connected to the AC power lines. Digital devices that include, or 
make provision for the use of, battery eliminators, AC adaptors or 
battery chargers which permit operation while charging or that connect 
to the AC power lines indirectly, obtaining their power through another 
device which is connected to the AC power lines, do not fall under this 
exemption.
    (i) Responsible parties should note that equipment containing more 
than one device is not exempt from the technical standards in this part 
unless all of the devices in the equipment meet the criteria for 
exemption. If only one of the included devices qualifies for exemption, 
the remainder of the equipment must comply with any applicable 
regulations. If a device performs more than one function and all of 
those functions do not meet the criteria for exemption, the device does 
not qualify for inclusion under the exemptions.



Sec. 15.105  Information to the user.

    (a) For a Class A digital device or peripheral, the instructions 
furnished the user shall include the following or similar statement, 
placed in a prominent location in the text of the manual:

    Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the 
limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC 
Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection 
against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a 
commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate 
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with 
the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio 
communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is 
likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be 
required to correct the interference at his own expense.

    (b) For a Class B digital device or peripheral, the instructions 
furnished the user shall include the following or similar statement, 
placed in a prominent location in the text of the manual:

    Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the 
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC 
Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection 
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This 
equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if 
not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause 
harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no 
guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. 
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television 
reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, 
the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more 
of the following measures:
--Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
--Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
--Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that 
to which the receiver is connected.
--Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

    (c) The provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not 
apply to

[[Page 773]]

digital devices exempted from the technical standards under the 
provisions of Sec. 15.103.
    (d) For systems incorporating several digital devices, the statement 
shown in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section needs to be contained only 
in the instruction manual for the main control unit.
    (e) In cases where the manual is provided only in a form other than 
paper, such as on a computer disk or over the Internet, the information 
required by this section may be included in the manual in that 
alternative form, provided the user can reasonably be expected to have 
the capability to access information in that form.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003]



Sec. 15.107  Conducted limits.

    (a) Except for Class A digital devices, for equipment that is 
designed to be connected to the public utility (AC) power line, the 
radio frequency voltage that is conducted back onto the AC power line on 
any frequency or frequencies within the band 150 kHz to 30 MHz shall not 
exceed the limits in the following table, as measured using a 50 [mu]H/
50 ohms line impedance stabilization network (LISN). Compliance with the 
provisions of this paragraph shall be based on the measurement of the 
radio frequency voltage between each power line and ground at the power 
terminal. The lower limit applies at the band edges.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Conducted limit (dB[mu]V)
  Frequency of emission (MHz)   ----------------------------------------
                                      Quasi-peak            Average
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.15-0.5.......................  66 to 56*..........  56 to 46*
0.5-5..........................  56.................  46
5-30...........................  60.................  50
------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Decreases with the logarithm of the frequency.

    (b) For a Class A digital device that is designed to be connected to 
the public utility (AC) power line, the radio frequency voltage that is 
conducted back onto the AC power line on any frequency or frequencies 
within the band 150 kHz to 30 MHz shall not exceed the limits in the 
following table, as measured using a 50 [mu]H/50 ohms LISN. Compliance 
with the provisions of this paragraph shall be based on the measurement 
of the radio frequency voltage between each power line and ground at the 
power terminal. The lower limit applies at the boundary between the 
frequency ranges.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Conducted limit (dB[mu]V)
  Frequency of emission (MHz)   ----------------------------------------
                                      Quasi-peak            Average
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.15-0.5.......................  79.................  66
0.5-30.........................  73.................  60
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) The limits shown in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall 
not apply to carrier current systems operating as unintentional 
radiators on frequencies below 30 MHz. In lieu thereof, these carrier 
current systems shall be subject to the following standards:
    (1) For carrier current systems containing their fundamental 
emission within the frequency band 535-1705 kHz and intended to be 
received using a standard AM broadcast receiver: no limit on conducted 
emissions.
    (2) For all other carrier current systems: 1000 [mu]V within the 
frequency band 535-1705 kHz, as measured using a 50 [mu]H/50 ohms LISN.
    (3) Carrier current systems operating below 30 MHz are also subject 
to the radiated emission limits in Sec. 15.109(e).
    (d) Measurements to demonstrate compliance with the conducted limits 
are not required for devices which only employ battery power for 
operation and which do not operate from the AC power lines or contain 
provisions for operation while connected to the AC power lines. Devices 
that include, or make provision for, the use of battery chargers which 
permit operating while charging, AC adaptors or battery eliminators or 
that connect to the AC power lines indirectly, obtaining their power 
through another device which is connected to the AC power lines, shall 
be tested to demonstrate compliance with the conducted limits.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 57 FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 
58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 19098, Apr. 13, 2001; 67 FR 45670, July 
10, 2002]



Sec. 15.109  Radiated emission limits.

    (a) Except for Class A digital devices, the field strength of 
radiated emissions from unintentional radiators at a distance of 3 
meters shall not exceed the following values:

[[Page 774]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Field
                                                              strength
                Frequency of emission (MHz)                 (microvolts/
                                                               meter)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-88.....................................................          100
88-216....................................................          150
216-960...................................................          200
Above 960.................................................          500
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) The field strength of radiated emissions from a Class A digital 
device, as determined at a distance of 10 meters, shall not exceed the 
following:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Field
                                                              strength
                Frequency of emission (MHz)                 (microvolts/
                                                               meter)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-88.....................................................           90
88-216....................................................          150
216-960...................................................          210
Above 960.................................................          300
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) In the emission tables above, the tighter limit applies at the 
band edges. Sections 15.33 and 15.35 which specify the frequency range 
over which radiated emissions are to be measured and the detector 
functions and other measurement standards apply.
    (d) For CB receivers, the field strength of radiated emissions 
within the frequency range of 25-30 MHz shall not exceed 40 microvolts/
meter at a distance of 3 meters. The field strength of radiated 
emissions above 30 MHz from such devices shall comply with the limits in 
paragraph (a) of this section.
    (e) Carrier current systems used as unintentional radiators or other 
unintentional radiators that are designed to conduct their radio 
frequency emissions via connecting wires or cables and that operate in 
the frequency range of 9 kHz to 30 MHz, including devices that deliver 
the radio frequency energy to transducers, such as ultrasonic devices 
not covered under part 18 of this chapter, shall comply with the 
radiated emission limits for intentional radiators provided in Sec. 
15.209 for the frequency range of 9 kHz to 30 MHz. As an alternative, 
carrier current systems used as unintentional radiators and operating in 
the frequency range of 525 kHz to 1705 kHz may comply with the radiated 
emission limits provided in Sec. 15.221(a). At frequencies above 30 
MHz, the limits in paragraph (a), (b), or (g) of this section, as 
appropriate, apply.
    (f) For a receiver which employs terminals for the connection of an 
external receiving antenna, the receiver shall be tested to demonstrate 
compliance with the provisions of this section with an antenna connected 
to the antenna terminals unless the antenna conducted power is measured 
as specified in Sec. 15.111(a). If a permanently attached receiving 
antenna is used, the receiver shall be tested to demonstrate compliance 
with the provisions of this section.
    (g) As an alternative to the radiated emission limits shown in 
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, digital devices may be shown to 
comply with the standards contained in Third Edition of the 
International Special Committee on Radio Interference (CISPR), Pub. 22, 
``Information Technology Equipment--Radio Disturbance Characteristics--
Limits and Methods of Measurement'' (incorporated by reference, see 
Sec. 15.38). In addition:
    (1) The test procedure and other requirements specified in this part 
shall continue to apply to digital devices.
    (2) If, in accordance with Sec. 15.33 of this part, measurements 
must be performed above 1000 MHz, compliance above 1000 MHz shall be 
demonstrated with the emission limit in paragraph (a) or (b) of this 
section, as appropriate. Measurements above 1000 MHz may be performed at 
the distance specified in the CISPR 22 publications for measurements 
below 1000 MHz provided the limits in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section are extrapolated to the new measurement distance using an 
inverse linear distance extrapolation factor (20 dB/decade), e.g., the 
radiated limit above 1000 MHz for a Class B digital device is 150 uV/m, 
as measured at a distance of 10 meters.
    (3) The measurement distances shown in CISPR Pub. 22, including 
measurements made in accordance with this paragraph above 1000 MHz, are 
considered, for the purpose of Sec. 15.31(f)(4) of this part, to be the 
measurement distances specified in this part.
    (4) If the radiated emissions are measured to demonstrate compliance 
with the alternative standards in this paragraph, compliance must also 
be demonstrated with the conducted limits shown in Sec. 15.107(e).

[[Page 775]]

    (h) Radar detectors shall comply with the emission limits in 
paragraph (a) of this section over the frequency range of 11.7-12.2 GHz.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 373, Jan. 4, 1991; 58 
FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 19098, Apr. 13, 2001; 67 FR 48993, July 
29, 2002; 69 FR 2849, Jan. 21, 2004]



Sec. 15.111  Antenna power conduction limits for receivers.

    (a) In addition to the radiated emission limits, receivers that 
operate (tune) in the frequency range 30 to 960 MHz and CB receivers 
that provide terminals for the connection of an external receiving 
antenna may be tested to demonstrate compliance with the provisions of 
Sec. 15.109 with the antenna terminals shielded and terminated with a 
resistive termination equal to the impedance specified for the antenna, 
provided these receivers also comply with the following: With the 
receiver antenna terminal connected to a resistive termination equal to 
the impedance specified or employed for the antenna, the power at the 
antenna terminal at any frequency within the range of measurements 
specified in Sec. 15.33 shall not exceed 2.0 nanowatts.
    (b) CB receivers and receivers that operate (tune) in the frequency 
range 30 to 960 MHz that are provided only with a permanently attached 
antenna shall comply with the radiated emission limitations in this 
part, as measured with the antenna attached.



Sec. 15.113  Power line carrier systems.

    Power line carrier systems, as defined in Sec. 15.3(t), are subject 
only to the following requirements:
    (a) A power utility operating a power line carrier system shall 
submit the details of all existing systems plus any proposed new systems 
or changes to existing systems to an industry-operated entity as set 
forth in Sec. 90.63(g) of this chapter. No notification to the FCC is 
required.
    (b) The operating parameters of a power line carrier system 
(particularly the frequency) shall be selected to achieve the highest 
practical degree of compatibility with authorized or licensed users of 
the radio spectrum. The signals from this operation shall be contained 
within the frequency band 9 kHz to 490 kHz. A power line carrier system 
shall operate on an unprotected, non-interference basis in accordance 
with Sec. 15.5 of this part. If harmful interference occurs, the 
electric power utility shall discontinue use or adjust its power line 
carrier operation, as required, to remedy the interference. Particular 
attention should be paid to the possibility of interference to Loran C 
operations at 100 kHz.
    (c) Power line carrier system apparatus shall be operated with the 
minimum power possible to accomplish the desired purpose. No equipment 
authorization is required.
    (d) The best engineering principles shall be used in the generation 
of radio frequency currents by power line carrier systems to guard 
against harmful interference to authorized radio users, particularly on 
the fundamental and harmonic frequencies.
    (e) Power line carrier system apparatus shall conform to such 
engineering standards as may be promulgated by the Commission. In 
addition, such systems should adhere to industry approved standards 
designed to enhance the use of power line carrier systems.
    (f) The provisions of this section apply only to systems operated by 
a power utility for general supervision of the power system and do not 
permit operation on electric lines which connect the distribution 
substation to the customer or house wiring. Such operation can be 
conducted under the other provisions of this part.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32339, Aug. 7, 1989]



Sec. 15.115  TV interface devices, including cable system terminal devices.

    (a) Measurements of the radiated emissions of a TV interface device 
shall be conducted with the output terminal(s) of the device terminated 
by a resistance equal to the rated output impedance. The emanations of a 
TV interface device incorporating an intentional radiator shall not 
exceed the limits in Sec. 15.109 or subpart C of this part, whichever 
is higher for each frequency. Where it is possible to determine which 
portion of the device is contributing a particular radio frequency 
emission, the emissions from the TV interface device portion shall

[[Page 776]]

comply with the emission limits in Sec. 15.109, and the emissions from 
the intentional radiator shall comply with subpart C of this part.
    (b) Output signal limits:
    (1) At any RF output terminal, the maximum measured RMS voltage, in 
microvolts, corresponding to the peak envelope power of the modulated 
signal during maximum amplitude peaks across a resistance (R in ohms) 
matching the rated output impedance of the TV interface device, shall 
not exceed the following:
    (i) For a cable system terminal device or a TV interface device used 
with a master antenna, 692.8 times the square root of (R) for the video 
signal and 155 times the square root of (R) for the audio signal.
    (ii) For all other TV interface devices, 346.4 times the square root 
of (R) for the video signal and 77.5 times the square root of (R) for 
the audio signal.
    (2) At any RF output terminal, the maximum measured RMS voltage, in 
microvolts, corresponding to the peak envelope power of the modulated 
signal during maximum amplitude peaks across a resistance (R in ohms) 
matching the rated output impedance of the TV interface device, of any 
emission appearing on frequencies removed by more than 4.6 MHz below or 
7.4 MHz above the video carrier frequency on which the TV interface 
device is operated shall not exceed the following:
    (i) For a cable system terminal device or a TV interface device used 
with a master antenna, 692.8 times the square root of (R).
    (ii) For all other TV interface devices, 10.95 times the square root 
of (R).
    (3) The term master antenna used in this section refers to TV 
interface devices employed for central distribution of television or 
other video signals within a building. Such TV interface devices must be 
designed to:
    (i) Distribute multiple television signals at the same time;
    (ii) Distribute such signals by cable to outlets or TV receivers in 
multiple rooms in the building in which the TV interface devices are 
installed; and,
    (iii) Distribute all over-the-air or cable signals.

    Note: Cable-ready video cassette recorders continue to be subject to 
the provisions for general TV interface devices.

    (c) A TV interface device shall be equipped with a transfer switch 
for connecting the antenna terminals of a receiver selectively either to 
the receiving antenna or to the radio frequency output of the TV 
interface device, subject to the following:
    (1) When measured in any of its set positions, transfer switches 
shall comply with the following requirements:
    (i) For a cable system terminal device or a TV interface device 
equipped for use with a cable system or a master antenna, as defined in 
paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the isolation between the antenna and 
cable input terminals shall be at least 80 dB from 54 MHz to 216 MHz, at 
least 60 dB from 216 MHz to 550 MHz and at least 55 dB from 550 MHz to 
806 MHz. The 80 dB standard applies at 216 MHz and the 60 dB standard 
applies at 550 MHz. In the case of a transfer switch requiring a power 
source, the required isolation shall be maintained in the event the 
device is not connected to a power source or power is interrupted. The 
provisions of this paragraph regarding frequencies in the range 550 MHz 
to 806 MHz are applicable as of June 30, 1997.
    (ii) For all other TV interface devices, the maximum voltage, 
corresponding to the peak envelope power of the modulated video signal 
during maximum amplitude peaks, in microvolts, appearing at the 
receiving antenna input terminals when terminated with a resistance (R 
in ohms) matching the rated impedance of the antenna input of the 
switch, shall not exceed 0.346 times the square root of (R).
    (iii) Measurement to determine compliance with the transfer switch 
limits shall be made using a connecting cable, where required, between 
the TV interface device and the transfer switch of the type and length:
    (A) Provided with the TV interface device,
    (B) Recommended in the instruction manual, or
    (C) Normally employed by the consumer.
    (2) A TV interface device shall be designed and constructed, to the 
extent

[[Page 777]]

practicable, so as to preclude the possibility that the consumer may 
inadvertently attach the output of the device to the receiving antenna, 
if any, without first going through the transfer switch.
    (3) A transfer switch is not required for a TV interface device 
that, when connected, results in the user no longer having any need to 
receive standard over-the-air broadcast signals via a separate antenna. 
A transfer switch is not required to be marketed with a cable system 
terminal device unless that device provides for the connection of an 
external antenna. A transfer switch is not required for a device that is 
intended to be used as an accessory to an authorized TV interface 
device.
    (4) An actual transfer switch is not required for a TV interface 
device, including a cable system terminal device, that has an antenna 
input terminal(s); provided, the circuitry following the antenna input 
terminal(s) has sufficient bandwidth to allow the reception of all TV 
broadcast channels authorized under part 73 of this chapter and: For a 
cable system terminal device that can alternate between the reception of 
cable television service and an antenna, compliance with the isolation 
requirement specified in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section can be 
demonstrated; and, for all other TV interface devices, the maximum 
voltage appearing at the antenna terminal(s) does not exceed the limit 
in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (5) If a transfer switch is not required, the following label shall 
be used in addition to the label shown in Sec. 15.19(a):

    This device is intended to be attached to a receiver that is not 
used to receive over-the-air broadcast signals. Connection of this 
device in any other fashion may cause harmful interference to radio 
communications and is in violation of the FCC Rules, part 15.

    (d) A TV interface device, including a cable system terminal device, 
shall incorporate circuitry to automatically prevent emanations from the 
device from exceeding the technical specifications in this part. These 
circuits shall be adequate to accomplish their functions when the TV 
interface device is presented, if applicable, with video input signal 
levels in the range of one to five volts; this requirement is not 
applicable to a TV interface device that uses a built-in signal source 
and has no provisions for the connection of an external signal source. 
For devices that contain provisions for an external signal source but do 
not contain provisions for the input of an external baseband signal, 
e.g., some cable system terminal devices, compliance with the provisions 
of this paragraph shall be demonstrated with a radio frequency input 
signal of 0 to 25 dBmV.
    (e) For cable system terminal devices and TV interface devices used 
with a master antenna, as defined in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, 
the holder of the grant of authorization shall specify in the 
instruction manual or pamphlet, if a manual is not provided, the types 
of wires or coaxial cables necessary to ensure that the unit complies 
with the requirements of this part. The holder of the grant of 
authorization must comply with the provisions of Sec. 15.27. For all 
other TV interface devices, the wires or coaxial cables used to couple 
the output signals to the TV receiver shall be provided by the 
responsible party.
    (f) A TV interface device which is submitted to the Commission as a 
composite device in a single enclosure containing a RF modulator, video 
source and other component devices shall be submitted on a single 
application (FCC Form 731) and shall be authorized as a single device.
    (g) An external device or accessory that is intended to be attached 
to a TV interface device shall comply with the technical and 
administrative requirements set out in the rules under which it 
operates. For example, a personal computer must be certificated to show 
compliance with the regulations for digital devices.
    (h) Stand-alone switches used to alternate between cable service and 
an antenna shall provide isolation between the antenna and cable input 
terminals that is at least 80 dB from 54 MHz to 216 MHz, at least 60 dB 
from 216 MHz to 550 MHz and at least 55 dB from 550 MHz to 806 MHz.The 
80 dB standard applies at 216 MHz and the 60 dB standard applies at 550 
MHz. In the case of stand-alone switches requiring a power source, the 
required isolation shall be

[[Page 778]]

maintained in the event the device is not connected to a power source or 
power is interrupted. The provisions of this paragraph are applicable as 
of June 30, 1997.
    (i) Switches and other devices intended to be used to by-pass the 
processing circuitry of a cable system terminal device, whether internal 
to such a terminal device or a stand-alone unit, shall not attenuate the 
input signal more than 6 dB from 54 MHz to 550 MHz, or more than 8 dB 
from 550 MHz to 804 MHz. The 6 dB standard applies at 550 MHz. The 
provisions of this paragraph are applicable June 30, 1997.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 57 FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 
59 FR 25341, May 16, 1994; 61 FR 18509, Apr. 26, 1996]



Sec. 15.117  TV broadcast receivers.

    (a) All TV broadcast receivers shipped in interstate commerce or 
imported into the United States, for sale or resale to the public, shall 
comply with the provisions of this section, except that paragraphs (f) 
and (g) of this section shall not apply to the features of such sets 
that provide for reception of digital television signals. The reference 
in this section to TV broadcast receivers also includes devices, such as 
TV interface devices and set-top devices that are intended to provide 
audio-video signals to a video monitor, that incorporate the tuner 
portion of a TV broadcast receiver and that are equipped with an antenna 
or antenna terminals that can be used for off-the-air reception of TV 
broadcast signals, as authorized under part 73 of this chapter.
    (b) TV broadcast receivers shall be capable of adequately receiving 
all channels allocated by the Commission to the television broadcast 
service.
    (c) On a given receiver, use of the UHF and VHF tuning systems shall 
provide approximately the same degree of tuning accuracy with 
approximately the same expenditure of time and effort: Provided, 
however, That this requirement will be considered to be met if the need 
for routine fine tuning is eliminated on UHF channels.
    (1) Basic tuning mechanism. If a TV broadcast receiver is equipped 
to provide for repeated access to VHF television channels at discrete 
tuning positions, that receiver shall be equipped to provide for 
repeated access to a minimum of six UHF television channels at discrete 
tuning positions. Unless a discrete tuning position is provided for each 
channel allocated to UHF television, each position shall be readily 
adjustable to a particular UHF channel by the user without the use of 
tools. If 12 or fewer discrete tuning positions are provided, each 
position shall be adjustable to receive any channel allocated to UHF 
television.

    Note: The combination of detented rotary switch and pushbutton 
controls is acceptable, provided UHF channels, after their initial 
selection, can be accurately tuned with an expenditure of time and 
effort approximately the same as that used in accurately tuning VHF 
channels. A UHF tuning system comprising five pushbuttons and a separate 
manual tuning knob is considered to provide repeated access to six 
channels at discrete tuning positions. A one-knob (VHF/UHF) tuning 
system providing repeated access to 11 or more discrete tuning positions 
is also acceptable, provided each of the tuning positions is readily 
adjustable, without the use of tools, to receive any UHF channel.

    (2) Tuning controls and channel readout. UHF tuning controls and 
channel readout on a given receiver shall be comparable in size, 
location, accessibility and legibility to VHF controls and readout on 
that receiver.

    Note: Differences between UHF and VHF channel readout that follow 
directly from the larger number of UHF television channels available are 
acceptable if it is clear that a good faith effort to comply with the 
provisions of this section has been made.

    (d) If equipment and controls that tend to simplify, expedite or 
perfect the reception of television signals (e.g., AFC, visual aids, 
remote control, or signal seeking capability referred to generally as 
tuning aids) are incorporated into the VHF portion of a TV broadcast 
receiver, tuning aids of the same type and comparable capability and 
quality shall be provided for the UHF portion of that receiver.
    (e) If a television receiver has an antenna affixed to the VHF 
antenna terminals, it must have an antenna designed for and capable of 
receiving all UHF television channels affixed to the UHF antenna 
terminals. If a VHF antenna is provided with but not affixed

[[Page 779]]

to a receiver, a UHF antenna shall be provided with the receiver.
    (f) The picture sensitivity of a TV broadcast receiver averaged for 
all channels between 14 and 69 inclusive shall not be more than 8dB 
larger than the peak picture sensitivity of that receiver averaged for 
all channels between 2 and 13 inclusive.
    (g) The noise figure for any television channel 14 to 69 inclusive 
shall not exceed 14 dB. A TV receiver model is considered to comply with 
this noise figure if the maximum noise figure for channels 14-69 
inclusive of 97.5% of all receivers within that model does not exceed 14 
dB.
    (1) The responsible party shall measure the noise figure of a number 
of UHF channels of the test sample to give reasonable assurance that the 
UHF noise figure for each channel complies with the above limit.
    (2) The responsible party shall insert in his files a statement 
explaining the basis on which it will rely to ensure that at least 97.5% 
of all production units of the test sample that are manufactured have a 
noise figure of no greater than 14 dB.
    (3) [Reserved]
    (4) In the case of a TV tuner built-in as part of a video tape 
recorder that uses a power splitter between the antenna terminals of the 
video tape recorder and the input terminals of the TV tuner or a TV 
broadcast receiver that uses a power splitter between the antenna 
terminals of two or more UHF tuners contained within that receiver, 4 dB 
may be subtracted from the noise figure measured at the antenna 
terminals of the video tape recorder or TV broadcast receiver for 
determining compliance of the UHF tuner(s) with the 14 dB noise figure 
limit.
    (h) Digital television reception capability. TV broadcast receivers 
are required only to provide useable picture and sound commensurate with 
their video and audio capabilities when receiving digital television 
signals.
    (i) Digital television reception capability implementation schedule. 
(1) Responsible parties, as defined in Sec. 2.909 of this chapter, are 
required to equip new TV broadcast receivers that are shipped in 
interstate commerce or imported from any foreign country into the United 
States and for which they are responsible to comply with the provisions 
of this section in accordance with the following schedule:

--Receivers with screen sizes 36[min] and above--50% of all of a 
    responsible party's units must include DTV tuners effective July 1, 
    2004; 100% of such units must include DTV tuners effective July 1, 
    2005
--Receivers with screen sizes 25[min] to 36[min]--50% of all of a 
    responsible party's units must include DTV tuners effective July 1, 
    2005; 100% of such units must include DTV tuners effective July 1, 
    2006
--Receivers with screen sizes 13[min] to 24[min]--100% of all such units 
    must include DTV tuners effective July 1, 2007
--Other devices (videocassette recorders (VCRs), digital video disk and 
    digital versatile disk (DVD) players/recorders, etc.) that receive 
    television signals--100% of all such units must include DTV tuners 
    effective July 1, 2007.

    (2) For purposes of this implementation schedule, screen sizes are 
to be measured diagonally across the picture viewing area. The 
requirement for equipping new TV broadcast receivers with DTV reception 
capability does not apply to units with integrated tuners/displays that 
have screen sizes measuring less than 7.8 inches vertically, i.e., the 
vertical measurement of a screen in the 4:3 aspect ratio that measures 
13[min] diagonally across the picture viewing area.
    (3) Responsible parties may include combinations of DTV monitors and 
set-top DTV tuners in meeting the required percentages of units with a 
DTV tuner if such combinations are marketed together with a single 
price.
    (j) For a TV broadcast receiver equipped with a cable input selector 
switch, the selector switch shall provide, in any of its set positions, 
isolation between the antenna and cable input terminals of at least 80 
dB from 54 MHz to 216 MHz, at least 60 dB from 216 MHz to 550 MHz and at 
least 55 dB from 550 MHz to 806 MHz. The 80 dB standard applies at 216 
MHz and the 60 dB standard applies at 550 MHz. In the case of a selector 
switch requiring a power source, the required isolation shall be 
maintained in the event the

[[Page 780]]

device is not connected to a power source or power is interrupted. An 
actual switch that can alternate between reception of cable television 
service and an antenna is not required for a TV broadcast receiver, 
provided compliance with the isolation requirement specified in this 
paragraph can be demonstrated and the circuitry following the antenna 
input terminal(s) has sufficient band-width to allow the reception of 
all TV broadcast channels authorized under this chapter. The provisions 
of this paragraph regarding frequencies in the range 550 MHz to 806 MHz 
are applicable as of June 30, 1997.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 25341, May 16, 1994; 61 
FR 30532, June 17, 1996; 67 FR 63294, Oct. 11, 2002]



Sec. 15.118  Cable ready consumer electronics equipment.

    (a) All consumer electronics TV receiving equipment marketed in the 
United States as cable ready or cable compatible shall comply with the 
provisions of this section. Consumer electronics TV receiving equipment 
that includes features intended for use with cable service but does not 
fully comply with the provisions of this section are subject to the 
labelling requirements of Sec. 15.19(d). Until such time as generally 
accepted testing standards are developed, paragraphs (c) and (d) of this 
section will apply only to the analog portion of covered consumer 
electronics TV receiving equipment
    (b) Cable ready consumer electronics equipment shall be capable of 
receiving all NTSC or similar video channels on channels 1 through 125 
of the channel allocation plan set forth in EIA IS-132: ``Cable 
Television Channel Identification Plan'' (incorporated by reference, see 
Sec. 15.38).
    (c) Cable ready consumer electronics equipment must meet the 
following technical performance requirements. Compliance with these 
requirements shall be determined by performing measurements at the 
unfiltered IF output port. Where appropriate, the Commission will 
consider allowing alternative measurement methods.
    (1) Adjacent channel interference. In the presence of a lower 
adjacent channel CW signal that is 1.5 MHz below the desired visual 
carrier in frequency and 10 dB below the desired visual carrier in 
amplitude, spurious signals within the IF passband shall be attenuated 
at least 55 dB below the visual carrier of the desired signal. The 
desired input signal shall be an NTSC visual carrier modulated with a 10 
IRE flat field with color burst and the aural carrier which is 10 dB 
below the visual carrier should be unmodulated. Measurements are to be 
performed for input signal levels of 0 dBmV and +15 dBmV, with the 
receiver tuned to ten evenly spaced EIA IS-132 channels covering the 
band 54 MHz to 804 MHz.
    (2) Image channel interference. Image channel interference within 
the IF passband shall be attenuated below the visual carrier of the 
desired channel by at least 60 dB from 54 MHz to 714 MHz and 50 dB from 
714 MHz to 804 MHz. The 60 dB standard applies at 714 MHz. In testing 
for compliance with this standard, the desired input signal is to be an 
NTSC signal on which the visual carrier is modulated with a 10 IRE flat 
field with color burst and the aural carrier is unmodulated and 10 dB 
below the visual carrier. The undesired test signal shall be a CW signal 
equal in amplitude to the desired visual carrier and located 90 MHz 
above the visual carrier frequency of the desired channel. Measurements 
shall be performed for input signals of 0 dBmV and +15 dBmV, with the 
receiver tuned to at least ten evenly spaced EIA IS-132 channels 
covering the band 54 MHz to 804 MHz.
    (3) Direct pickup interference. The direct pickup (DPU) of a co-
channel interfering ambient field by a cable ready device shall not 
exceed the following criteria. The ratio of the desired to undesired 
signal levels at the IF passband on each channel shall be at least 45 
dB. The average ratio over the six channels shall be at least 50 dB. The 
desired input signal shall be an NTSC signal having a visual carrier 
level of 0 dBmV. The visual carrier is modulated with a 10 IRE flat 
field with color burst, visual to aural carrier ratio of 10 dB, aural 
carrier unmodulated. The equipment under test (EUT) shall be placed on a 
rotatable table that is one meter in height. Any excess length of the 
power cord and other connecting leads shall be coiled on the floor under

[[Page 781]]

the table. The EUT shall be immersed in a horizontally polarized uniform 
CW field of 100 mV/m at a frequency 2.55 MHz above the visual carrier of 
the EUT tuned channel. Measurements shall be made with the EUT tuned to 
six EIA IS-132 channels, two each in the low VHF, high VHF and UHF 
broadcast bands. On each channel, the levels at the IF passband due to 
the desired and interfering signals are to be measured.
    (4) Tuner overload. Spurious signals within the IF passband shall be 
attenuated at least 55 dB below the visual carrier of the desired 
channel using a comb-like spectrum input with each visual carrier signal 
individually set at +15 dBmV from 54 to 550 MHz. The desired input 
signal is to be an NTSC signal on which the visual carrier is modulated 
with a 10 IRE flat field with color burst and the aural carrier is 
unmodulated and 10 dB below the visual carrier. Measurements shall be 
made with the receiver tuned to at least seven evenly spaced EIA IS-132 
channels covering the band 54 MHz to 550 MHz. In addition, spurious 
signals within the IF passband shall be attenuated at least 51 dB below 
the visual carrier of the desired channel using a comb spectrum input 
with each signal individually set at +15 dBmV from 550 to 804 MHz. 
Measurements shall be made with the receiver tuned to at least three 
evenly spaced EIA IS-132 channels covering the band 550 MHz to 804 MHz.
    (5) Cable input conducted emissions. (i) Conducted spurious 
emissions that appear at the cable input to the device must meet the 
following criteria. The input shall be an NTSC video carrier modulated 
with a 10 IRE flat field with color burst at a level of 0 dBmV and with 
a visual to aural ratio of 10 dB. The aural carrier shall be 
unmodulated. The peak level of the spurious signals will be measured 
using a spectrum analyzer connected by a directional coupler to the 
cable input of the equipment under test. Spurious signal levels must not 
exceed the limits in the following table:

From 54 MHz up to and including 300 MHz-26 dBmV
From 300 MHz up to and including 450 MHz-20 dBmV
From 450 MHz up to and including 804 MHz-15 dBmV

    (ii) The average of the measurements on multiple channels from 450 
MHz up to and including 804 MHz shall be no greater than -20 dBmV. 
Measurements shall be made with the receiver tuned to at least four EIA 
IS-132 channels in each of the above bands. The test channels are to be 
evenly distributed across each of the bands. Measurements for conducted 
emissions caused by sources internal to the device are to be made in a 
shielded room. Measurements for conducted emissions caused by external 
signal sources shall be made in an ambient RF field whose field strength 
is 100 mV/m, following the same test conditions as described in 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (d) The field strength of radiated emissions from cable ready 
consumer electronics equipment shall not exceed the limits in Sec. 
15.109(a) when measured in accordance with the applicable procedures 
specified in Sec. Sec. 15.31 and 15.35 for unintentional radiators, 
with the following modifications. During testing the NTSC input signal 
level is to be +15 dBmV, with a visual to aural ratio of 10 dB. The 
visual carrier is to be modulated by a 10 IRE flat field with color 
burst; the aural carrier is to be unmodulated. Measurements are to be 
taken on six EIA IS-132 channels evenly spaced across the required RF 
input range of the equipment under test.

    Note: The provisions of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section 
are applicable as of June 30, 1997.

[59 FR 25341, May 16, 1994, as amended at 61 FR 18509, Apr. 26, 1996; 65 
FR 64391, Oct. 27, 2000; 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR 2849, Jan. 21, 
2004]

    Effective Date Note: At 69 FR 57861, Sept. 28, 2004, Sec. 15.118 
was amended by revising paragraph (b), effective Oct. 28, 2004. For the 
convenience of the user, the revised text is set forth as follows:

Sec. 15.118  Cable ready consumer electronics equipment.

                                * * * * *

    (b) Cable ready consumer electronics equipment shall be capable of 
receiving all NTSC or similar video channels on channels 1 through 125 
of the channel allocation plan set forth in CEA-542-B: ``CEA Standard:

[[Page 782]]

Cable Television Channel Identification Plan,'' (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 15.38).

                                * * * * *



Sec. 15.119  Closed caption decoder requirements for analog television 
receivers.

    (a) Effective July 1, 1993, all TV broadcast receivers with picture 
screens 33 cm (13 in) or larger in diameter shipped in interstate 
commerce, manufactured, assembled, or imported from any foreign country 
into the United States shall comply with the provisions of this section.

    Note: This paragraph places no restriction on the shipping or sale 
of television receivers that were manufactured before July 1, 1993.

    (b) Transmission format. Closed-caption information is transmitted 
on line 21 of field 1 of the vertical blanking interval of television 
signals, in accordance with Sec. 73.682(a)(22) of this chapter.
    (c) Operating modes. The television receiver will employ customer-
selectable modes of operation for TV and Caption. A third mode of 
operation, Text, may be included on an optional basis. The Caption and 
Text Modes may contain data in either of two operating channels, 
referred to in this document as C1 and C2. The television receiver must 
decode both C1 and C2 captioning, and must display the captioning for 
whichever channel the user selects. The TV Mode of operation allows the 
video to be viewed in its original form. The Caption and Text Modes 
define one or more areas (called ``boxes'') on the screen within which 
caption or text characters are displayed.

    Note: For more information regarding Text mode, see ``Television 
Captioning for the Deaf: Signal and Display Specifications'', 
Engineering Report No. E-7709-C, Public Broadcasting Service, dated May 
1980, and ``TeleCaption II Decoder Module Performance Specification'', 
National Captioning Institute, Inc., dated November 1985. These 
documents are available, respectively, from the Public Broadcasting 
Service, 1320 Braddock Place, Alexandria, VA 22314 and from the National 
Captioning Institute, Inc., 5203 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041.

    (d) Screen format. The display area for captioning and text shall 
fall approximately within the safe caption area as defined in paragraph 
(n)(12) of this section. This display area will be further divided into 
15 character rows of equal height and 32 columns of equal width, to 
provide accurate placement of text on the screen. Vertically, the 
display area begins on line 43 and is 195 lines high, ending on line 237 
on an interlaced display. All captioning and text shall fall within 
these established columns and rows. The characters must be displayed 
clearly separated from the video over which they are placed. In 
addition, the user must have the capability to select a black background 
over which the captioned letters are displaced.
    (1) Caption mode. In the Caption Mode, text can appear on up to 4 
rows simultaneously anywhere on the screen within the defined display 
area. In addition, a solid space equal to one column width may be placed 
before the first character and after the last character of each row to 
enhance legibility. The caption area will be transparent anywhere that 
either:
    (i) No standard space character or other character has been 
addressed and no accompanying solid space is needed; or,
    (ii) An accompanying solid space is used and a ``transparent space'' 
special character has been addressed which does not immediately precede 
or follow a displayed character.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (e) Presentation format. In analyzing the presentation of 
characters, it is convenient to think in terms of a non-visible cursor 
which marks the screen position at which the next event in a given mode 
and data channel will occur. The receiver remembers the cursor position 
for each mode even when data are received for a different address in an 
alternate mode or data channel.
    (1) Screen addressing. Two kinds of control codes are used to move 
the cursor to specific screen locations. In Caption Mode, these 
addressing codes will affect both row and column positioning. In Text 
Mode, the codes affect only column positioning. In both modes, the 
addressing codes are optional. Default positions are defined for each 
mode and style when no addressing code is provided.

[[Page 783]]

    (i) The first type of addressing code is the Preamble Address Code 
(PAC). It assigns a row number and one of eight ``indent'' figures. Each 
successive indent moves the cursor four columns to the right (starting 
from the left margin). Thus, an indent of 0 places the cursor at Column 
1, an indent of 4 sets it at Column 5, etc. The PAC indent is non-
destructive to displayable characters. It will not affect the display to 
the left of the new cursor position on the indicated row. Note that 
Preamble Address Codes also set initial attributes for the displayable 
characters which follow. See paragraph (h) of this section and the 
Preamble Address Code table.
    (ii) The second type of addressing code is the Tab Offset, which is 
one of three Miscellaneous Control Codes. Tab Offset will move the 
cursor one, two, or three columns to the right. The character cells 
skipped over will be unaffected; displayable characters in these cells, 
if any, will remain intact while empty cells will remain empty, in the 
same manner that a PAC indent is non-destructive.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (f) Caption Mode. There are three styles of presenting text in 
Caption Mode: roll-up, pop-on, and paint-on. Character display varies 
significantly with the style used, but certain rules of character 
erasure are common to all styles. A character can be erased by 
addressing another character to the same screen location or by 
backspacing over the character from a subsequent location on the same 
row. The entire displayed memory will be erased instantly by receipt of 
an Erase Displayed Memory command. Both displayed memory and non-
displayed memory will be entirely erased simultaneously by either: The 
user switching receiver channels or data channels (C1/C2) or fields (F1/
F2) in decoders so equipped; the loss of valid data (see paragraph (j) 
of this section); or selecting non-captioning receiver functions which 
use the display memory of the decoder. Receipt of an End of Caption 
command will cause a displayed caption to become non-displayed (and vice 
versa) without being erased from memory. Changing the receiver to a non-
captioning mode which does not require use of the decoder's display 
memory will leave that memory intact, and the decoder will continue to 
process data as if the caption display were selected.
    (1) Roll-up. Roll-up style captioning is initiated by receipt of one 
of three Miscellaneous Control Codes that determine the maximum number 
of rows displayed simultaneously, either 2, 3 or 4 contiguous rows. 
These are the three Roll-Up Caption commands.
    (i) The bottom row of the display is known as the ``base row''. The 
cursor always remains on the base row. Rows of text roll upwards into 
the contiguous rows immediately above the base row to create a 
``window'' 2 to 4 rows high.
    (ii) The Roll-Up command, in normal practice, will be followed (not 
necessarily immediately) by a Preamble Address Code indicating the base 
row and the horizontal indent position. If no Preamble Address Code is 
received, the base row will default to Row 15 or, if a roll-up caption 
is currently displayed, to the same base row last received, and the 
cursor will be placed at Column 1. If the Preamble Address Code received 
contains a different base row than that of a currently displayed 
caption, the entire window will move intact (and without erasing) to the 
new base row immediately.
    (iii) Each time a Carriage Return is received, the text in the top 
row of the window is erased from memory and from the display or scrolled 
off the top of the window. The remaining rows of text are each rolled up 
into the next highest row in the window, leaving the base row blank and 
ready to accept new text. This roll-up must appear smooth to the user, 
and must take no more than 0.433 second to complete. The cursor is 
automatically placed at Column 1 (pending receipt of a Preamble Address 
Code).
    (iv) Increasing or decreasing the number of roll-up rows instantly 
changes the size of the active display window, appropriately turning on 
or off the display of the top one or two rows. A row which is turned off 
should also be erased from memory.
    (v) Characters are always displayed immediately when received by the 
receiver. Once the cursor reaches the 32nd column position on any row, 
all

[[Page 784]]

subsequent characters received prior to a Carriage Return, Preamble 
Address Code, or Backspace will be displayed in that column replacing 
any previous character occupying that address.
    (vi) The cursor moves automatically one column to the right after 
each character or Mid-Row Code received. A Backspace will move the 
cursor one column to the left, erasing the character or Mid-Row Code 
occupying that location. (A Backspace received when the cursor is in 
Column 1 will be ignored.)
    (vii) The Delete to End of Row command will erase from memory any 
characters or control codes starting at the current cursor location and 
in all columns to its right on the same row. If no displayable 
characters remain on the row after the Delete to End of Row is acted 
upon, the solid space (if any) for that row should also be erased to 
conform with the following provisions.
    (viii) If a solid space is used for legibility, it should appear 
when the first displayable character (not a transparent space) or Mid-
Row Code is received on a row, not when the Preamble Address Code, if 
any, is given. A row on which there are no displayable characters or 
Mid-Row Codes will not display a solid space, even when rolled up 
between two rows which do display a solid space.
    (ix) If the reception of data for a row is interrupted by data for 
the alternate data channel or for Text Mode, the display of caption text 
will resume from the same cursor position if a Roll-Up Caption command 
is received and no Preamble Address Code is given which would move the 
cursor.
    (x) A roll-up caption remains displayed until one of the standard 
caption erasure techniques is applied. Receipt of a Resume Caption 
Loading command (for pop-on style) or a Resume Direct Captioning command 
(for paint-on style) will not affect a roll-up display. Receipt of a 
Roll-Up Caption command will cause any pop-on or paint-on caption to be 
erased from displayed memory and non-displayed memory.
    (2) Pop-on. Pop-on style captioning is initiated by receipt of a 
Resume Caption Loading command. Subsequent data are loaded into a non-
displayed memory and held there until an End of Caption command is 
received, at which point the non-displayed memory becomes the displayed 
memory and vice versa. (This process is often referred to as ``flipping 
memories'' and does not automatically erase memory.) An End of Caption 
command forces the receiver into pop-on style if no Resume Caption 
Loading command has been received which would do so. The display will be 
capable of 4 full rows, not necessarily contiguous, simultaneous 
anywhere on the screen.
    (i) Preamble Address Codes can be used to move the cursor around the 
screen in random order to place captions on Rows 1 to 15. Carriage 
Returns have no effect on cursor location during caption loading.
    (ii) The cursor moves automatically one column to the right after 
each character or Mid-Row Code received. Receipt of a Backspace will 
move the cursor one column to the left, erasing the character or Mid-Row 
Code occupying that location. (A Backspace received when the cursor is 
in Column 1 will be ignored.) Once the cursor reaches the 32nd column 
position on any row, all subsequent characters received prior to a 
Backspace, an End of Caption, or a Preamble Address Code, will replace 
any previous character at that location.
    (iii) The Delete to End of Row command will erase from memory any 
characters or control codes starting at the current cursor location and 
in all columns to its right on the same row. If no displayable 
characters remain on a row after the Delete to End of Row is acted upon, 
the solid space (if any) for that element should also be erased.
    (iv) If data reception is interrupted during caption loading by data 
for the alternate caption channel or for Text Mode, caption loading will 
resume at the same cursor position if a Resume Caption Loading command 
is received and no Preamble Address Code is given that would move the 
cursor.
    (v) Characters remain in non-displayed memory until an End of 
Caption command flips memories. The caption will be erased without being 
displayed upon receipt of an Erase Non-Displayed Memory command, a Roll-
Up Caption

[[Page 785]]

command, or if the user switches receiver channels, data channels or 
fields, or upon the loss of valid data (see paragraph (j) of this 
section).
    (vi) A pop-on caption, once displayed, remains displayed until one 
of the standard caption erasure techniques is applied or until a Roll-Up 
Caption command is received. Characters within a displayed pop-on 
caption will be replaced by receipt of the Resume Direct Captioning 
command and paint-on style techniques (see below).
    (3) Paint-on. Paint-on style captioning is initiated by receipt of a 
Resume Direct Captioning command. Subsequent data are addressed 
immediately to displayed memory without need for an End of Caption 
command.
    (i) Preamble Address Codes can be used to move the cursor around the 
screen in random order to display captions on Rows 1 to 15. Carriage 
Returns have no affect on cursor location during direct captioning. The 
cursor moves automatically one column to the right after each character 
or Mid-Row Code is received. Receipt of a Backspace will move the cursor 
one column to the left, erasing the character or Mid-Row Code occupying 
that location. (A Backspace received when the cursor is in Column 1 will 
be ignored.) Once the cursor reaches the 32nd column position on any 
row, all subsequent characters received prior to a Preamble Address Code 
or Backspace will be displayed in that column replacing any previous 
character occupying that location.
    (ii) The Delete to End of Row command will erase from memory any 
characters or control codes starting at the current cursor location and 
in all columns to its right on the same row. If no displayable 
characters remain on the row after the Delete to End of Row is acted 
upon, the solid space (if any) for that element should also be erased.
    (iii) If the reception of data is interrupted during the direct 
captioning by data for the alternate caption channel or for Text Mode, 
the display of caption text will resume at the same cursor position if a 
Resume Direct Captioning command is received and no Preamble Address 
Code is given which would move the cursor.
    (iv) Characters remain displayed until one of the standard caption 
erasure techniques is applied or until a Roll-Up Caption command is 
received. An End of Caption command leaves a paint-on caption fully 
intact in non-displayed memory. In other words, a paint-on style caption 
behaves precisely like a pop-on style caption which has been displayed.
    (g) Character format. Characters are to be displayed on the screen 
within a character ``cell'' which is the height and width of a single 
row and column. The following codes define the displayable character 
set. Television receivers manufactured prior to January 1, 1996 and 
having a character resolution of 5 x 7 dots, or less, may display the 
allowable alternate characters in the character table. A statement must 
be in a prominent location on the box or other package in which the 
receiver is to be marketed, and information must be in the owner's 
manual, indicating the receiver displays closed captioning in upper case 
only.

                           Character Set Table

                           Special Characters

    These require two bytes for each symbol. Each hex code as shown will 
be preceded by a 11h for data channel 1 or by a 19h for data channel 2. 
For example: 19h 37h will place a musical note in data channel 2.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
HEX   Example     Alternate                   Description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 30     [reg]   See note\1\   Registered mark symbol
 31     [deg]   ............  Degree sign
 32     \1/2\   ............  \1/2\
 33             ............  Inverse query
 34        TM   See note\1\   Trademark symbol
 35    [cent]   ............  Cents sign
 36   [pound]   ............  Pounds Sterling sign
 37         X   ............  Music note
 38         a             A   Lower-case a with grave accent
 39             ............  Transparent space
 3A         e             E   Lower-case e with grave accent
 3B         a             A   Lower-case a with circumflex
 3C         e             E   Lower-case e with circumflex
 3D         i             I   Lower-case i with circumflex
 3E         o             O   Lower-case o with circumflex
 3F         u             U   Lower-case u with circumflex
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Note: The registered and trademark symbols are used to satisfy
  certain legal requirements. There are various legal ways in which
  these symbols may be drawn or displayed. For example, the trademark
  symbol may be drawn with the ``T'' next to the ``M'' or over the
  ``M''. It is preferred that the trademark symbol be superscripted,
  i.e., XYZTM. It is left to each individual manufacturer to interpret
  these symbols in any way that meets the legal needs of the user.


[[Page 786]]

                           Standard characters

------------------------------------------------------------------------
HEX   Example    Alternate                   Description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 20             ..........  Standard space
 21         !   ..........  Exclamation mark
 22        ``   ..........  Quotation mark
 23    ..........  Pounds (number) sign
 24         $   ..........  Dollar sign
 25         %   ..........  Percentage sign
 26         &   ..........  Ampersand
 27         '   ..........  Apostrophe
 28         (   ..........  Open parentheses
 29         )   ..........  Close parentheses
 2A         a           A   Lower-case a with acute accent
 2B         +   ..........  Plus sign
 2C         ,   ..........  Comma
 2D         -   ..........  Minus (hyphen) sign
 2E         .   ..........  Period
 2F         /   ..........  Slash
 30         0   ..........  Zero
 31         1   ..........  One
 32         2   ..........  Two
 33         3   ..........  Three
 34         4   ..........  Four
 35         5   ..........  Five
 36         6   ..........  Six
 37         7   ..........  Seven
 38         8   ..........  Eight
 39         9   ..........  Nine
 3A         :   ..........  Colon
 3B         ;   ..........  Semi-colon
 3C         <   ..........  Less than sign
 3D         =   ..........  Equal sign
 3E  
Sec. 15.120  Program blocking technology requirements for television 
receivers.

    (a) Effective July 1, 1999, manufacturers of television broadcast 
receivers as defined in section 15.3(w) of this chapter, including 
personal computer systems meeting that definition, must ensure that one-
half of their product models with picture screens 33 cm (13 in) or 
larger in diameter shipped in interstate commerce or manufactured in the 
United States comply with the

[[Page 792]]

provisions of paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section.

    Note: This paragraph places no restrictions on the shipping or sale 
of television receivers that were manufactured before July 1999.

    (b) Effective January 1, 2000, all TV broadcast receivers as defined 
in section 15.3(w) of this chapter, including personal computer systems 
meeting that definition, with picture screens 33 cm (13 in) or larger in 
diameter shipped in interstate commerce or manufactured in the United 
States shall comply with the provisions of paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) 
of this section.
    (c) Transmission format. (1) Analog television program rating 
information shall be transmitted on line 21 of field 2 of the vertical 
blanking interval of television signals, in accordance with Sec. 
73.682(a)(22) of this chapter.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (d) Operation. (1) Analog television receivers will receive program 
ratings transmitted pursuant to EIA-744: ``Transport of Content Advisory 
Information Using Extended Data Service (XDS)'' (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 15.38) and EIA-608: ``Recommended Practice for Line 
21 Data Service'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 15.38). Blocking 
of programs shall occur when a program rating is received that meets the 
pre-determined user requirements.
    (2) Digital television receivers shall react in a similar manner as 
analog televisions when programmed to block specific rating categories.
    (e) All television receivers as described in paragraph (a) of this 
section shall block programming as follows:
    (1) Channel Blocking. Channel Blocking should occur as soon as a 
program rating packet with the appropriate Content Advisory or MPAA 
rating level is received. Program blocking is described as a receiver 
performing all of the following:

     Muting the program audio.
     Rendering the video black or otherwise 
indecipherable.
     Eliminating program-related captions.

    (2) Default State. The default state of a receiver (i.e., as 
provided to the consumer) should not block unrated programs. However, it 
is permissible to include features that allow the user to reprogram the 
receiver to block programs that are not rated.
    (3) Picture-In-Picture (PIP). If a receiver has the ability to 
decode program-related rating information for the Picture-In-Picture 
(PIP) video signal, then it should block the PIP channel in the same 
manner as the main channel. If the receiver does not have the ability to 
decode PIP program-related rating information, then it should block or 
otherwise disable the PIP if the viewer has enabled program blocking.
    (4) Selection of Ratings. Each television receiver, in accordance 
with user input, shall block programming based on the age based ratings, 
the content based ratings, or a combination of the two.
    (i) If the user chooses to block programming according to its age 
based rating level, the receiver must have the ability to automatically 
block programs with a more restrictive age based rating. For example, if 
all shows with an age-based rating of TV-PG have been selected for 
blocking, the user should be able to automatically block programs with 
the more restrictive ratings of TV-14 and TV-MA.
    (ii) If the user chooses to block programming according to a 
combination of age based and content based ratings the receiver must 
have the ability to automatically block programming with a more 
restrictive age rating but a similar content rating. For example, if all 
shows rated TV-PG-V have been selected for blocking, the user should be 
able to block automatically shows with the more restrictive ratings of 
TV-14-V and TV-MA-V.
    (iii) The user should have the capability of overriding the 
automatic blocking described in paragraphs (e)(4)(i) and (4)(ii) of this 
section.

[63 FR 20133, Apr. 23, 1998, as amended at 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 
FR 2849, Jan. 21, 2004]



Sec. 15.121  Scanning receivers and frequency converters used with scanning 
receivers.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, scanning 
receivers and frequency converters designed or

[[Page 793]]

marketed for use with scanning receivers, shall:
    (1) Be incapable of operating (tuning), or readily being altered by 
the user to operate, within the frequency bands allocated to the 
Cellular Radiotelephone Service in part 22 of this chapter (cellular 
telephone bands). Scanning receivers capable of ``readily being altered 
by the user'' include, but are not limited to, those for which the 
ability to receive transmissions in the cellular telephone bands can be 
added by clipping the leads of, or installing, a simple component such 
as a diode, resistor or jumper wire; replacing a plug-in semiconductor 
chip; or programming a semiconductor chip using special access codes or 
an external device, such as a personal computer. Scanning receivers, and 
frequency converters designed for use with scanning receivers, also 
shall be incapable of converting digital cellular communication 
transmissions to analog voice audio.
    (2) Be designed so that the tuning, control and filtering circuitry 
is inaccessible. The design must be such that any attempts to modify the 
equipment to receive transmissions from the Cellular Radiotelephone 
Service likely will render the receiver inoperable.
    (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, scanning 
receivers shall reject any signals from the Cellular Radiotelephone 
Service frequency bands that are 38 dB or lower based upon a 12 dB SINAD 
measurement, which is considered the threshold where a signal can be 
clearly discerned from any interference that may be present.
    (c) Scanning receivers and frequency converters designed or marketed 
for use with scanning receivers, are not subject to the requirements of 
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section provided that they are 
manufactured exclusively for, and marketed exclusively to, entities 
described in 18 U.S.C. 2512(2), or are marketed exclusively as test 
equipment pursuant to Sec. 15.3(dd).
    (d) Modification of a scanning receiver to receive transmissions 
from Cellular Radiotelephone Service frequency bands will be considered 
to constitute manufacture of such equipment. This includes any 
individual, individuals, entity or organization that modifies one or 
more scanners. Any modification to a scanning receiver to receive 
transmissions from the Cellular Radiotelephone Service frequency bands 
voids the certification of the scanning receiver, regardless of the date 
of manufacture of the original unit. In addition, the provisions of 
Sec. 15.23 shall not be interpreted as permitting modification of a 
scanning receiver to receiver Cellular Radiotelephone Service 
transmissions.
    (e) Scanning receivers and frequency converters designed for use 
with scanning receivers shall not be assembled from kits or marketed in 
kit form unless they comply with the requirements in paragraph (a) 
through (c) of this section.
    (f) Scanning receivers shall have a label permanently affixed to the 
product, and this label shall be readily visible to the purchaser at the 
time of purchase. The label shall read as follows: WARNING: MODIFICATION 
OF THIS DEVICE TO RECEIVE CELLULAR RADIOTELEPHONE SERVICE SIGNALS IS 
PROHIBITED UNDER FCC RULES AND FEDERAL LAW.
    (1) ``Permanently affixed'' means that the label is etched, 
engraved, stamped, silkscreened, indelible printed or otherwise 
permanently marked on a permanently attached part of the equipment or on 
a nameplate of metal, plastic or other material fastened to the 
equipment by welding, riveting, or permanent adhesive. The label shall 
be designed to last the expected lifetime of the equipment in the 
environment in which the equipment may be operated and must not be 
readily detachable. The label shall not be a stick-on, paper label.
    (2) When the device is so small that it is not practicable to place 
the warning label on it, the information required by this paragraph 
shall be placed in a prominent location in the instruction manual or 
pamphlet supplied to the user and shall also be placed on the container 
in which the device is marketed. However, the FCC identifier must be 
displayed on the device.

[64 FR 22561, Apr. 27, 1999, as amended at 66 FR 32582, June 15, 2001]

[[Page 794]]



Sec. 15.122  Closed caption decoder requirements for digital television 
receivers and converter boxes.

    (a)(1) Effective July 1, 2002, all digital television receivers with 
picture screens in the 4:3 aspect ratio with picture screens measuring 
13 inches or larger diagonally, all digital television receivers with 
picture screens in the 16:9 aspect ratio measuring 7.8 inches or larger 
vertically and all separately sold DTV tuners shipped in interstate 
commerce or manufactured in the United States shall comply with the 
provisions of this section.
    Note to paragraph (a)(1):
    This paragraph places no restrictions on the shipping or sale of 
digital television receivers that were manufactured before July 1, 2002.
    (2) Effective July 1, 2002, DTV converter boxes that allow digitally 
transmitted television signals to be displayed on analog receivers shall 
pass available analog caption information to the attached receiver in a 
form recognizable by that receiver's built-in caption decoder circuitry.
    Note to paragraph (a)(2):
    This paragraph places no restrictions on the shipping or sale of DTV 
converter boxes that were manufactured before July 1, 2002.
    (b) Digital television receivers and tuners must be capable of 
decoding closed captioning information that is delivered pursuant to 
EIA-708-B: ``Digital Television (DTV) Closed Captioning'' (incorporated 
by reference, see Sec. 15.38).
    (c) Services. (1) Decoders must be capable of decoding and 
processing data for the six standard services, Caption Service 
1 through Caption Service 6.
    (2) Decoders that rely on Program and System Information Protocol 
data to implement closed captioning functions must be capable of 
decoding and processing the Caption Service Directory data. Such 
decoders must be capable of decoding all Caption Channel Block Headers 
consisting of Standard Service Headers, Extended Service Block Headers, 
and Null Block headers. However, decoding of the data is required only 
for Standard Service Blocks (Service IDs <-6), and then only if the 
characters for the corresponding language are supported. The decoders 
must be able to display the directory for services 1 through 6.
    (d) Code space organization. (1) Decoders must support Code Space 
C0, G0, C1, and G1 in their entirety.

[[Page 795]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR29SE00.000


    (2) The following characters within code space G2 must be supported:
    (i) Transparent space (TSP).
    (ii) Non-breaking transparent space (NBTSP).
    (iii) Solid block ( ).
    (iv) Trademark symbol (\TM\).
    (v) Latin-1 characters [Scaron], [OElig], [scaron], [oelig], [Yuml].
    (3) The substitutions in Table 2 are to be made if a decoder does 
not support the remaining G2 characters.

                Table 2--G2 Character Substitution Table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
           G2 Character                       Substitute with
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Open single quote (`), G2 char     G0 single quote (`), char code 0x27
 code 0x31.
Close single quote ('), G2 char    G0 single quote ('), char code 0x27
 code 0x32.
Open double quote (``), G2 char    G0 double quote (``), char code 0x22
 code 0x33.
Close double quote (''), G2 char   G0 double quote (''), char code 0x22
 code 0x34.
Bold bullet (),  G1 bullet (), char
 G2 char code 0x35.                 code 0xB7
Elipsis (. . .), G2 char code      G0 underscore (--), char code 0x5F
 0x25.
One-eighth (\1/8\), G2 char code   G0 percent sign (%), char code 0x25
 0x76.
Three-eighths (\3/8\), G2 char     G0 percent sign (%), char code 0x25
 code 0x77.
Five-eighths (\5/8\), G2 char      G0 percent sign (%), char code 0x25
 code 0x78.
Seven-eighths (\7/8\), G2 char     G0 percent sign (%), char code 0x25
 code 0x79.

[[Page 796]]

 
Vertical border ([verbar]), G2     G0 stroke ([verbar]), char code 0x7C
 char code 0x7A.
Upper-right border ([), G2 char    G0 dash (-), char code 0x2D
 code 0x7B.
Lower-left border (), G2  G0 dash (-), char code 0x2D
 char code 0x7C.
Horizontal border (--), G2 char    G0 dash (-), char code 0x2D
 code 0x7D.
Lower-right border (]), G2 char    G0 dash (-), char code 0x2D
 code 0x7E.
Upper-left border (), G2   G0 dash (-), char code 0x2D
 char code 0x7F.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (4) Support for code spaces C2, C3, and G3 is optional. All 
unsupported graphic symbols in the G3 code space are to be substituted 
with the G0 underscore character (--), char code 0x5F.
    (e) Screen coordinates. Table 3 specifies the screen coordinate 
resolutions and limits for anchor point positioning in 4:3 and 16:9 
display formats, and the number of characters per row.

                                Table 3--Screen Coordinate Resolutions and Limits
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           Maximum     Maximum
     Screen aspect ratio         Maximum anchor position      Minimum anchor position     displayed   characters
                                        resolution                   resolution             rows       per row
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4:3..........................  75v x 160h.................  15v x 32h..................           4           32
16:9.........................  75v x 210h.................  15v x 42h..................           4           42
Other........................  75v x (5 x H)..............  15v x H*...................           4          \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\H = 32 x (the width of the screen in relation to a 4:3 display). For example, the 16:9 format is \1/3\ wider
  than a 4:3 display; thus, H = 32 * \4/3\ = 42.667, or 42.

    (1) This means that the minimum grid resolution for a 4:3 aspect 
ratio instrument is 15 vertical positions x 32 horizontal positions. 
This minimum grid resolution for 16:9 ratio instrument is 15 vertical 
positions x 42 horizontal positions. These minimum grid sizes are to 
cover the entire safe-title area of the corresponding screen.
    (2) The minimum coordinates equate to a \1/5\ reduction in the 
maximum horizontal and vertical grid resolution coordinates. Caption 
providers are to use the maximum coordinate system values when 
specifying anchor point positions. Decoders using the minimum resolution 
are to divide the provided horizontal and vertical screen coordinates by 
5 to derive the equivalent minimum coordinates.
    (3) Any caption targeted for both 4:3 and 16:9 instruments is 
limited to 32 contiguous characters per row. If a caption is received by 
a 4:3 instrument that is targeted for a 16:9 display only, or requires a 
window width greater than 32 characters, then the caption may be 
completely disregarded by the decoder. 16:9 instruments should be able 
to process and display captions intended for 4:3 displays, providing all 
other minimum recommendations are met.
    (4) If the resulting size of any window is larger than the safe 
title area for the corresponding display's aspect ratio, then this 
window will be completely disregarded.
    (f) Caption windows. (1) Decoders need to display no more than 4 
rows of captions on the screen at any given time, regardless of the 
number of windows displayed. This implies that no more than 4 windows 
can be displayed at any given time (with each having only one caption 
row). However, decoders should maintain storage to support a minimum 
total of 8 rows of captions. This storage is needed for the worst-case 
support of a displayed window with 4 rows of captioning and a non-
displayed window which is buffering the incoming rows for the next 4-row 
caption. As implied above, the maximum number of windows that may be 
displayed at any one time by a minimum decoder implementation is 4. If 
more than 4 windows are defined in the caption stream, the decoder may 
disregard the youngest and lowest priority window definition(s). Caption 
providers must be aware of this limitation, and either restrict the 
total number of windows used or accept that some windows will not be 
displayed.

[[Page 797]]

    (2) Decoders do not need to support overlapped windows. If a window 
overlaps another window, the overlapped window need not be displayed by 
the decoder.
    (3) At a minimum, decoders will assume that all windows have rows 
and columns ``locked''. This implies that if a decoder implements the 
SMALL pen-size, then word-``un''wrapping, when shrinking captions, need 
not be implemented. Also, if a decoder implements the LARGE pen size, 
then word wrapping (when enlarging captions) need not be implemented.
    (4) Whenever possible, the receiver should render embedded carriage 
returns as line breaks, since these carriage returns indicate an 
important aspect of the caption's formatting as determined by the 
service provider. However, it may sometimes be necessary for the 
receiver to ignore embedded line breaks. For example, if a caption is to 
appear in a larger font, and if its window's rows and/or columns are 
unlocked, the rows of text may need to become longer or shorter to fit 
within the allocated space. Such automatic reformatting of a caption is 
known as ``word wrap.'' If decoders support word-wrapping, it must be 
implemented as follows:
    (i) The receiver should follow standard typographic practice when 
implementing word wrap. Potential breaking points (word-wrapping points) 
are indicated by the space character (20h) and by the hyphen character 
(2Dh).
    (ii) If a row is to be broken at a space, the receiver should remove 
the space from the caption display. If a row is to be broken after a 
hyphen, the hyphen should be retained.
    (iii) If an embedded return is to be removed, it should usually be 
replaced with a space. However, if the character to the left of the 
embedded return is a hyphen, the embedded return should be removed but 
NOT replaced with a space.
    (iv) This specification does not include optional hyphens, nor does 
it provide for any form of automatic hyphenation. No non-breaking hyphen 
is defined. The non-breaking space (A0h in the G1 code set) and the non-
breaking transparent space (21h in the G2 code set) should not be 
considered as potential line breaks.
    (v) If a single word exceeds the length of a row, the word should be 
placed at the start of a new row, broken at the character following the 
last character that fits on the row, and continued with further breaks 
if needed.
    (g) Window text painting. (1) All decoders should implement 
``left'', ``right'', and ``center'' caption-text justification. 
Implementation of ``full'' justification is optional. If ``full'' 
justification is not implemented, fully justified captions should be 
treated as though they are ``left'' justified.
    (i) For ``left'' justification, decoders should display any portion 
of a received row of text when it is received. For ``center'', 
``right'', and ``full'' justification, decoders may display any portion 
of a received row of text when it is received, or may delay display of a 
received row of text until reception of a row completion indicator. A 
row completion indicator is defined as receipt of a CR, ETX or any other 
command, except SetPenColor, SetPenAttributes, or SetPenLocation where 
the pen relocation is within the same row.
    (ii) Receipt of a character for a displayed row which already 
contains text with ``center'', ``right'' or ``full'' justification will 
cause the row to be cleared prior to the display of the newly received 
character and any subsequent characters. Receipt of a justification 
command which changes the last received justification for a given window 
will cause the window to be cleared.
    (2) At a minimum, decoders must support LEFT--TO--RIGHT printing.
    (3) At a minimum, decoders must support BOTTOM--TO--TOP scrolling. 
For windows sharing the same horizontal scan lines on the display, 
scrolling may be disabled.
    (4) At a minimum, decoders must support the same recommended 
practices for scroll rate as is provided for NTSC closed-captioning.
    (5) At a minimum, decoders must support the same recommended 
practices for smooth scrolling as is provided for NTSC closed-
captioning.

[[Page 798]]

    (6) At a minimum, decoders must implement the ``snap'' window 
display effect. If the window ``fade'' and ``wipe'' effects are not 
implemented, then the decoder will ``snap'' all windows when they are to 
be displayed, and the ``effect speed'' parameter is ignored.
    (h) Window colors and borders. At a minimum, decoders must implement 
borderless windows with solid, black backgrounds (i.e., border type = 
NONE, fill color = (0,0,0), fill opacity = SOLID), and borderless 
transparent windows (i.e., border type = NONE, fill opacity = 
TRANSPARENT).
    (i) Predefined window and pen styles. Predefined Window Style and 
Pen Style ID's may be provided in the DefineWindow command. At a 
minimum, decoders should implement Predefined Window Attribute Style 1 
and Predefined Pen Attribute Style 1, as shown in Table 4 and Table 5, 
respectively.

[[Page 799]]



                                                                              Table 4--Predefined Window Style ID's
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Print          Scroll       Word      Display       Effect        Effect                      Fill                     Border
      Style ID           Justify      direction      direction      wrap      effect       direction      speed      Fill color     opacity    Border type     color          Usage
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1............................  Left........  Left-to-right  Bottom-to-top  No.....  Snap........  n/a.........  n/a........  (0,0,0)       Solid......  None.......  n/a........  NTSC Style
                                                                                                                              Black.                                               PopUp
                                                                                                                                                                                   Captions
2............................  Left........  Left-to-right  Bottom-to-top  No.....  Snap........  n/a.........  n/a........  n/a.........  Transparent  None.......  n/a........  PopUp Captions
                                                                                                                                                                                   w/o Black
                                                                                                                                                                                   Background
3............................  Cntr........  Left-to-right  Bottom-to-top  No.....  Snap........  n/a.........  n/a........  (0,0,0)       Solid......  None.......  n/a........  NTSC Style
                                                                                                                              Black.                                               Centered
                                                                                                                                                                                   PopUp
                                                                                                                                                                                   Captions
4............................  Left........  Left-to-right  Bottom-to-top  Yes....  Snap........  n/a.........  n/a........  (0,0,0)       Solid......  None.......  n/a........  NTSC Style
                                                                                                                              Black.                                               RollUp
                                                                                                                                                                                   Captions
5............................  Left........  Left-to-right  Bottom-to-top  Yes....  Snap........  n/a.........  n/a........  n/a.........  Transparent  None.......  n/a........  RollUp
                                                                                                                                                                                   Captions w/o
                                                                                                                                                                                   Black
                                                                                                                                                                                   Background
6............................  Cntr........  Left-to-right  Bottom-to-top  Yes....  Snap........  n/a.........  n/a........  (0,0,0)       Solid......  None.......  n/a........  NTSC Style
                                                                                                                              Black.                                               Centered
                                                                                                                                                                                   RollUp
                                                                                                                                                                                   Captions
7............................  Left........  Top-to-bottom  Right-to-left  No.....  Snap........  n/a.........  n/a........  (0,0,0)       Solid......  None.......  n/a........  Ticker Tape
                                                                                                                              Black.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                               Table 5--Predefined Pen Style ID's
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                     Foregrnd     Foregrnd     Backgrnd     Backgrnd
      Predefined style ID          Pen size      Font style       Offset      Italics     Underline    Edge type      color       opacity       color       opacity     Edge color      Usage
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.............................  Stndr........  0............  Normal.......  No.......  No..........  None.......  (2,2,2)      Solid......  (0,0,0)      Solid......  n/a........  Default NTSC
                                                                                                                    White.                    Black.                                 Style*

[[Page 800]]

 
2.............................  Stndr........  1............  Normal.......  No.......  No..........  None.......  (2,2,2)....  Solid......  (0,0,0)      Solid......  n/a........  NTSC Style*
                                                                                                                                              White.                                 Mono w/
                                                                                                                                                                                     Serif
3.............................  Stndr........  2............  Normal.......  No.......  No..........  None.......  (2,2,2)      Solid......  (0,0,0)      Solid......  n/a........  NTSC Style*
                                                                                                                    White.                    Black.                                 Prop w/
                                                                                                                                                                                     Serif
4.............................  Stndr........  3............  Normal.......  No.......  No..........  None.......  (2,2,2)      Solid......  (0,0,0)      Solid......  n/a........  NTSC Style*
                                                                                                                    White.                    Black.                                 Mono w/o
                                                                                                                                                                                     Serif
5.............................  Stndr........  4............  Normal.......  No.......  No..........  None.......  (2,2,2)      Solid......  (0,0,0)      Solid......  n/a........  NTSC Style*
                                                                                                                    White.                    Black.                                 Prop w/o
                                                                                                                                                                                     Serif
6.............................  Stndr........  3............  Normal.......  No.......  No..........  Unifrm.....  (2,2,2)      Solid......  n/a........  Transparent  (0,0,0)      Mono w/o
                                                                                                                    White.                                              Black.       Serif,
                                                                                                                                                                                     Bordered
                                                                                                                                                                                     Text, No BG
7.............................  Stndr........  4............  Normal.......  No.......  No..........  Unifrm.....  (2,2,2)      Solid......  n/a........  Transparent  (0,0,0)      Prop. w/o
                                                                                                                    White.                                              Black.       Serif,
                                                                                                                                                                                     Bordered
                                                                                                                                                                                     Text, No BG
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*``NTSC Style''--White Text on Black Background


[[Page 801]]

    (j) Pen size. (1) Decoders must support the standard, large, and 
small pen sizes and must allow the caption provider to choose a pen size 
and allow the viewer to choose an alternative size. The STANDARD pen 
size should be implemented such that the height of the tallest character 
in any implemented font is no taller than \1/15\ of the height of the 
safe-title area, and the width of the widest character is no wider than 
\1/32\ of the width of the safe-title area for 4:3 displays and \1/42\ 
of the safe-title area width for 16:9 displays.
    (2) The LARGE pen size should be implemented such that the width of 
the widest character in any implemented font is no wider than \1/32\ of 
the safe-title area for 16:9 displays. This recommendation allows for 
captions to grow to a LARGE pen size without having to reformat the 
caption since no caption will have more than 32 characters per row.
    (k) Font styles. (1) Decoders must support the eight fonts listed 
below. Caption providers may specify 1 of these 8 font styles to be used 
to write caption text. The styles specified in the ``font style'' 
parameter of the SetPenAttributes command are numbered from 0 through 7. 
The following is a list of the 8 required font styles. For information 
purposes only, each font style references one or more popular fonts 
which embody the characteristics of the style:
    (i) 0--Default (undefined)
    (ii) 1--Monospaced with serifs (similar to Courier)
    (iii) 2--Proportionally spaced with serifs (similar to Times New 
Roman)
    (iv) 3--Monospaced without serifs (similar to Helvetica Monospaced)
    (v) 4--Proportionally spaced without serifs (similar to Arial and 
Swiss)
    (vi) 5--Casual font type (similar to Dom and Impress)
    (vii) 6--Cursive font type (similar to Coronet and Marigold)
    (viii) 7--Small capitals (similar to Engravers Gothic)
    (2) Font styles may be implemented in any typeface which the decoder 
manufacturer deems to be a readable rendition of the font style, and 
need not be in the exact typefaces given in the example above. Decoders 
must include the ability for consumers to choose among the eight fonts. 
The decoder must display the font chosen by the caption provider unless 
the viewer chooses a different font.
    (l) Character offsetting. Decoders need not implement the character 
offsetting (i.e., subscript and superscript) pen attributes.
    (m) Pen styles. At a minimum, decoders must implement normal, 
italic, and underline pen styles.
    (n) Foreground color and opacity. (1) At a minimum, decoders must 
implement transparent, translucent, solid and flashing character 
foreground type attributes.
    (2) At a minimum, decoders must implement the following character 
foreground colors: white, black, red, green, blue, yellow, magenta and 
cyan.
    (3) Caption providers may specify the color/opacity. Decoders must 
include the ability for consumers to choose among the color/opacity 
options. The decoder must display the color/opacity chosen by the 
caption provider unless the viewer chooses otherwise.
    (o) Background color and opacity. (1) Decoders must implement the 
following background colors: white, black, red, green, blue, yellow, 
magenta and cyan. It is recommended that this background is extended 
beyond the character foreground to a degree that the foreground is 
separated from the underlying video by a sufficient number of background 
pixels to insure the foreground is separated from the background.
    (2) Decoders must implement transparent, translucent, solid and 
flashing background type attributes. Caption providers may specify the 
color/opacity. Decoders must include the ability for consumers to choose 
among the color/opacity options. The decoder must display the color/
opacity chosen by the caption provider unless the viewer chooses 
otherwise.
    (p) Character edges. Decoders must implement separate edge color and 
type attribute control.
    (q) Color representation. (1) At a minimum, decoders must support 
the 8 colors listed in Table 6.

[[Page 802]]



                    Table 6--Minimum Color List Table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Color                        Red     Green     Blue
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Black........................................        0        0        0
White........................................        2        2        2
Red..........................................        2        0        0
Green........................................        0        2        0
Blue.........................................        0        0        2
Yellow.......................................        2        2        0
Magenta......................................        2        0        2
Cyan.........................................        0        2        2
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2)(i) When a decoder supporting this Minimum Color List receives an 
RGB value not in the list, it will map the received value to one of the 
values in the list via the following algorithm:
    (A) All one (1) values are to be changed to 0.
    (B) All two (2) values are to remain unchanged.
    (C) All three (3) values are to be changed to 2.
    (ii) For example, the RGB value (1,2,3) will be mapped to (0,2,2), 
(3,3,3) will be mapped to (2,2,2) and (1,1,1) will be mapped to (0,0,0).
    (3) Table 7 is an alternative minimum color list table supporting 22 
colors.

              Table 7--Alternative Minimum Color List Table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Color                        Red     Green     Blue
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Black........................................        0        0        0
Gray.........................................        1        1        1
White........................................        2        2        2
Bright White.................................        3        3        3
Dark Red.....................................        1        0        0
Red..........................................        2        0        0
Bright Red...................................        3        0        0
Dark Green...................................        0        1        0
Green........................................        0        2        0
Bright Green.................................        0        3        0
Dark Blue....................................        0        0        1
Blue.........................................        0        0        2
Bright Blue..................................        0        0        3
Dark Yellow..................................        1        1        0
Yellow.......................................        2        2        0
Bright Yellow................................        3        3        0
Dark Magenta.................................        1        0        1
Magenta......................................        2        0        2
Bright Magenta...............................        3        0        3
Dark Cyan....................................        0        1        1
Cyan.........................................        0        2        2
Bright Cyan..................................        0        3        3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (i) When a decoder supporting the Alternative Minimum Color List in 
Table 7 receives an RGB value not in the list (i.e., an RGB value whose 
non-zero elements are not the same value), it will map the received 
value to one of the values in the list via the following algorithm:
    (A) For RGB values with all elements non-zero and different--e.g., 
(1,2,3), (3,2,1), and (2,1,3), the 1 value will be changed to 0, the 2 
value will remain unchanged, and the 3 value will be changed to 2.
    (B) For RGB values with all elements non-zero and with two common 
elements--e.g. (3,1,3), (2,1,2), and (2,2,3), if the common elements are 
3 and the uncommon one is 1, then the 1 elements is changed to 0; e.g. 
(3,1,3) [rarr] (3,0,3). If the common elements are 1 and the uncommon 
element is 3, then the 1 elements are changed to 0, and the 3 element is 
changed to 2; e.g. (1,3,1) [rarr] (0,2,0). In all other cases, the 
uncommon element is changed to the common value; e.g., (2,2,3) [rarr] 
(2,2,2), (1,2,1) [rarr] (1,1,1), and (3,2,3) [rarr] (3,3,3).
    (ii) All decoders not supporting either one of the two color lists 
described above, must support the full 64 possible RGB color value 
combinations.
    (r) Character rendition considerations. In NTSC Closed Captioning, 
decoders were required to insert leading and trailing spaces on each 
caption row. There were two reasons for this requirement:
    (1) To provide a buffer so that the first and last characters of a 
caption row do not fall outside the safe title area, and
    (2) To provide a black border on each side of a character so that 
the ``white'' leading pixels of the first character on a row and the 
trailing ``white'' pixels of the last character on a row do not bleed 
into the underlying video.
    (i) Since caption windows are required to reside in the safe title 
area of the DTV screen, reason 1 (above) is not applicable to DTVCC 
captions.
    (ii) The attributes available in the SetPenAttributes command for 
character rendition (e.g., character background and edge attributes) 
provide unlimited flexibility to the caption provider when describing 
caption text in an ideal decoder implementation. However, manufacturers 
need not implement all pen attributes. Thus it is recommended that no 
matter what the level of implementation, decoder manufacturers should 
take into account the readability of all caption text against a variety 
of all video backgrounds, and should implement some

[[Page 803]]

automatic character delineation when the individual control of character 
foreground, background and edge is not supported.
    (s) Service synchronization. Service Input Buffers must be at least 
128 bytes in size. Caption providers must keep this lower limit in mind 
when following Delay commands with other commands and window text. In 
other words, no more than 128 bytes of DTVCC commands and text should be 
transmitted (encoded) before a pending Delay command's delay interval 
expires.
    (t) Settings. Decoders must include an option that permits a viewer 
to choose a setting that will display captions as intended by the 
caption provider (a default). Decoders must also include an option that 
allows a viewer's chosen settings to remain until the viewer chooses to 
alter these settings, including periods when the television is turned 
off.

[65 FR 58471, Sept. 29, 2000, as amended at 69 FR 2849, Jan. 21, 2004]



Sec. 15.123  Labeling of digital cable ready products.

    (a) The requirements of this section shall apply to unidirectional 
digital cable products. Unidirectional digital cable products are one-
way devices that accept a Point of Deployment module (POD) and which 
include, but are not limited to televisions, set-top-boxes and recording 
devices connected to digital cable systems. Unidirectional digital cable 
products do not include interactive two-way digital television products.
    (b) A unidirectional digital cable product may not be labeled with 
or marketed using the term ``digital cable ready,'' or other terminology 
that describes the device as ``cable ready'' or ``cable compatible,'' or 
otherwise indicates that the device accepts a POD or conveys the 
impression that the device is compatible with digital cable service 
unless it implements at a minimum the following features:
    (1) Tunes NTSC analog channels transmitted in-the-clear.
    (2) Tunes digital channels that are transmitted in compliance with 
SCTE 40 2003 (formerly DVS 313): ``Digital Cable Network Interface 
Standard'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 15.38), provided, 
however, that with respect to Table B.11 of that standard, the phase 
noise requirement shall be -86 dB/Hz including both in-the-clear 
channels and channels that are subject to conditional access.
    (3) Allows navigation of channels based on channel information 
(virtual channel map and source names) provided through the cable system 
in compliance with ANSI/SCTE 65 2002 (formerly DVS 234): ``Service 
Information Delivered Out-of-Band for Digital Cable Television'' 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 15.38), and/or PSIP-enabled 
navigation (ANSI/SCTE 54 2003 (formerly DVS 241): ``Digital Video 
Service Multiplex and Transport System Standard for Cable Television'' 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 15.38)).
    (4) Includes the POD-Host Interface specified in SCTE 28 2003 
(formerly DVS 295): ``Host-POD Interface Standard'' (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 15.38), and SCTE 41 2003 (formerly DVS 301): ``POD 
Copy Protection System'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 15.38), 
or implementation of a more advanced POD-Host Interface based on 
successor standards. Support for Internet protocol flows is not 
required.
    (5) Responds to emergency alerts that are transmitted in compliance 
with ANSI/SCTE 54 2003 (formerly DVS 241): ``Digital Video Service 
Multiplex and Transport System Standard for Cable Television'' 
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 15.38).
    (6) In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) 
of this section, a unidirectional digital cable television may not be 
labeled or marketed as digital cable ready or with other terminology as 
described in paragraph (b) of this section, unless it includes a DTV 
broadcast tuner as set forth in Sec. 15.117(i) and employs at least one 
specified interface in accordance with the following schedule:
    (i) For 480p grade unidirectional digital cable televisions, either 
a DVI/HDCP, HDMI/HDCP, or 480p Y,Pb,Pr interface:
    (A) Models with screen sizes 36 inches and above: 50% of a 
manufacturer's or importer's models manufactured or imported after July 
1, 2004; 100% of such

[[Page 804]]

models manufactured or imported after July 1, 2005.
    (B) Models with screen sizes 32 to 35 inches: 50% of a 
manufacturer's or importer's models manufactured or imported after July 
1, 2005; 100% of such models manufactured or imported after July 1, 
2006.
    (ii) For 720p/1080i grade unidirectional digital cable televisions, 
either a DVI/HDCP or HDMI/HDCP interface:
    (A) Models with screen sizes 36 inches and above: 50% of a 
manufacturer's or importer's models manufactured or imported after July 
1, 2004; 100% of such models manufactured or imported after July 1, 
2005.
    (B) Models with screen sizes 25 to 35 inches: 50% of a 
manufacturer's or importer's models manufactured or imported after July 
1, 2005; 100% of such models manufactured or imported after July l, 
2006.
    (C) Models with screen sizes 13 to 24 inches: 100% of a 
manufacturer's or importer's models manufactured or imported after July 
1, 2007.
    (c) Before a manufacturer's or importer's first unidirectional 
digital cable product may be labeled or marketed as digital cable ready 
or with other terminology as described in paragraph (b) of this section, 
the manufacturer or importer shall verify the device as follows:
    (1) The manufacturer or importer shall have a sample of its first 
model of a unidirectional digital cable product tested to show 
compliance with the procedures set forth in Uni-Dir-PICS-I01-030903: 
``Uni-Directional Receiving Device: Conformance Checklist: PICS 
Proforma'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 15.38) at a qualified 
test facility. The manufacturer or importer shall have any modifications 
to the product to correct failures of the procedures in Uni-Dir-PICS-
I01-030903: ``Uni-Directional Receiving Device: Conformance Checklist: 
PICS Proforma'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 15.38) retested at 
a qualified test facility.
    (2) A qualified test facility is a facility representing cable 
television system operators serving a majority of the cable television 
subscribers in the United States or an independent laboratory with 
personnel knowledgeable with respect to the standards referenced in 
paragraph (b) of this section concerning the procedures set forth in 
Uni-Dir-PICS-I01-030903: ``Uni-Directional Receiving Device: Conformance 
Checklist: PICS Proforma'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 15.38).
    (3) Subsequent to the testing of its initial unidirectional digital 
cable product model, a manufacturer or importer is not required to have 
other models of unidirectional digital cable products tested at a 
qualified test facility for compliance with the procedures of Uni-Dir-
PICS-I01-030903: ``Uni-Directional Receiving Device: Conformance 
Checklist: PICS Proforma'' (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 15.38). 
However, the manufacturer or importer shall ensure that all subsequent 
models of unidirectional digital cable products comply with the 
procedures in the Uni-Dir-PICS-I01-030903: ``Uni-Directional Receiving 
Device: Conformance Checklist: PICS Proforma'' (incorporated by 
reference, see Sec. 15.38) and all other applicable rules and 
standards. The manufacturer or importer shall maintain records 
indicating such compliance in accordance with the verification procedure 
requirements in part 2, subpart J of this chapter. The manufacturer or 
importer shall further submit documentation verifying compliance with 
the procedures in the Uni-Dir-PICS-I01-030903: ``Uni-Directional 
Receiving Device: Conformance Checklist: PICS Proforma'' (incorporated 
by reference, see Sec. 15.38) to a facility representing cable 
television system operators serving a majority of the cable television 
subscribers in the United States.
    (d) Manufacturers and importers shall provide in appropriate post-
sale material that describes the features and functionality of the 
product, such as the owner's guide, the following language: ``This 
digital television is capable of receiving analog basic, digital basic 
and digital premium cable television programming by direct connection to 
a cable system providing such programming. A security card provided by 
your cable operator is required to view encrypted digital programming.

[[Page 805]]

Certain advanced and interactive digital cable services such as video-
on-demand, a cable operator's enhanced program guide and data-enhanced 
television services may require the use of a set-top box. For more 
information call your local cable operator.''

[68 FR 66733, Nov. 28, 2003]



                     Subpart C_Intentional Radiators



Sec. 15.201  Equipment authorization requirement.

    (a) Intentional radiators operated as carrier current systems, 
devices operated under the provisions of Sec. Sec. 15.211, 15.213, and 
15.221, and devices operating below 490 kHz in which all emissions are 
at least 40 dB below the limits in Sec. 15.209 shall be verified 
pursuant to the procedures in Subpart J of part 2 of this chapter prior 
to marketing.
    (b) Except as otherwise exempted in paragraph (c) of this section 
and in Sec. 15.23 of this part, all intentional radiators operating 
under the provisions of this part shall be certificated by the 
Commission pursuant to the procedures in subpart J of part 2 of this 
chapter prior to marketing.
    (c) For devices such as perimeter protection systems which, in 
accordance with Sec. 15.31(d), are required to be measured at the 
installation site, each application for certification must be 
accompanied by a statement indicating that the system has been tested at 
three installations and found to comply at each installation. Until such 
time as certification is granted, a given installation of a system that 
was measured for the submission for certification will be considered to 
be in compliance with the provisions of this chapter, including the 
marketing regulations in subpart I of part 2 of this chapter, if tests 
at that installation show the system to be in compliance with the 
relevant technical requirements. Similarly, where measurements must be 
performed on site for equipment subject to verification, a given 
installation that has been verified to demonstrate compliance with the 
applicable standards will be considered to be in compliance with the 
provisions of this chapter, including the marketing regulations in 
subpart I of part 2 of this chapter.
    (d) For perimeter protection systems operating in the frequency 
bands allocated to television broadcast stations operating under part 73 
of this chapter, the holder of the grant of certification must test each 
installation prior to initiation of normal operation to verify 
compliance with the technical standards and must maintain a list of all 
installations and records of measurements. For perimeter protection 
systems operating outside of the frequency bands allocated to television 
broadcast stations, upon receipt of a grant of certification, further 
testing of the same or similar type of system or installation is not 
required.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003]



Sec. 15.203  Antenna requirement.

    An intentional radiator shall be designed to ensure that no antenna 
other than that furnished by the responsible party shall be used with 
the device. The use of a permanently attached antenna or of an antenna 
that uses a unique coupling to the intentional radiator shall be 
considered sufficient to comply with the provisions of this section. The 
manufacturer may design the unit so that a broken antenna can be 
replaced by the user, but the use of a standard antenna jack or 
electrical connector is prohibited. This requirement does not apply to 
carrier current devices or to devices operated under the provisions of 
Sec. 15.211, Sec. 15.213, Sec. 15.217, Sec. 15.219, or Sec. 15.221. 
Further, this requirement does not apply to intentional radiators that 
must be professionally installed, such as perimeter protection systems 
and some field disturbance sensors, or to other intentional radiators 
which, in accordance with Sec. 15.31(d), must be measured at the 
installation site. However, the installer shall be responsible for 
ensuring that the proper antenna is employed so that the limits in this 
part are not exceeded.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 28762, July 13, 1990]



Sec. 15.204  External radio frequency power amplifiers and antenna 
modifications.

    (a) Except as otherwise described in paragraph (b) of this section, 
no person

[[Page 806]]

shall use, manufacture, sell or lease, offer for sale or lease 
(including advertising for sale or lease), or import, ship, or 
distribute for the purpose of selling or leasing, any external radio 
frequency power amplifier or amplifier kit intended for use with a Part 
15 intentional radiator.
    (b) A transmission system consisting of an intentional radiator, an 
external radio frequency power amplifier, and an antenna, may be 
authorized, marketed and used under this part. However, when a 
transmission system is authorized as a system, it must always be 
marketed as a complete system and must always be used in the 
configuration in which it was authorized. An external radio frequency 
power amplifier shall be marketed only in the system configuration with 
which the amplifier is authorized and shall not be marketed as a 
separate product.
    (c) Only the antenna with which an intentional radiator is 
authorized may be used with the intentional radiator.

[62 FR 26242, May 13, 1997]

    Effective Date Note: At 69 FR 54034, Sept. 7, 2004, Sec. 15.204 was 
revised, effective Oct. 7, 2004. For the convenience of the user, the 
revised text is set forth as follows:

Sec. 15.204  External radio frequency power amplifiers and antenna 
          modifications.

    (a) Except as otherwise described in paragraphs (b) and (d) of this 
section, no person shall use, manufacture, sell or lease, offer for sale 
or lease (including advertising for sale or lease), or import, ship, or 
distribute for the purpose of selling or leasing, any external radio 
frequency power amplifier or amplifier kit intended for use with a part 
15 intentional radiator.
    (b) A transmission system consisting of an intentional radiator, an 
external radio frequency power amplifier, and an antenna, may be 
authorized, marketed and used under this part. Except as described 
otherwise in this section, when a transmission system is authorized as a 
system, it must always be marketed as a complete system and must always 
be used in the configuration in which it was authorized.
    (c) An intentional radiator may be operated only with the antenna 
with which it is authorized. If an antenna is marketed with the 
intentional radiator, it shall be of a type which is authorized with the 
intentional radiator. An intentional radiator may be authorized with 
multiple antenna types.
    (1) The antenna type, as used in this paragraph, refers to antennas 
that have similar in-band and out-of-band radiation patterns.
    (2) Compliance testing shall be performed using the highest gain 
antenna for each type of antenna to be certified with the intentional 
radiator. During this testing, the intentional radiator shall be 
operated at its maximum available output power level.
    (3) Manufacturers shall supply a list of acceptable antenna types 
with the application for equipment authorization of the intentional 
radiator.
    (4) Any antenna that is of the same type and of equal or less 
directional gain as an antenna that is authorized with the intentional 
radiator may be marketed with, and used with, that intentional radiator. 
No retesting of this system configuration is required. The marketing or 
use of a system configuration that employs an antenna of a different 
type, or that operates at a higher gain, than the antenna authorized 
with the intentional radiator is not permitted unless the procedures 
specified in Sec. 2.1043 of this chapter are followed.
    (d) Except as described in this paragraph, an external radio 
frequency power amplifier or amplifier kit shall be marketed only with 
the system configuration with which it was approved and not as a 
separate product.
    (1) An external radio frequency power amplifier may be marketed for 
individual sale provided it is intended for use in conjunction with a 
transmitter that operates in the 902-928 MHz, 2400-2483.5 MHz, and 5725-
5850 MHz bands pursuant to Sec. 15.247 of this part or a transmitter 
that operates in the 5.725-5.825 GHz band pursuant to Sec. 15.407 of 
this part. The amplifier must be of a design such that it can only be 
connected as part of a system in which it has been previously 
authorized. (The use of a non-standard connector or a form of electronic 
system identification is acceptable.) The output power of such an 
amplifier must not exceed the maximum permitted output power of its 
associated transmitter.
    (2) The outside packaging and user manual for external radio 
frequency power amplifiers sold in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of 
this section must include notification that the amplifier can be used 
only in a system which it has obtained authorization. Such a notice must 
identify the authorized system by FCC Identifier.



Sec. 15.205  Restricted bands of operation.

    (a) Except as shown in paragraph (d) of this section, only spurious 
emissions are permitted in any of the frequency bands listed below:

[[Page 807]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 MHz                             MHz                      MHz                      GHz
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.090-0.110..........................             16.42-16.423                399.9-410                 4.5-5.15
\1\ 0.495-0.505......................        16.69475-16.69525                  608-614                5.35-5.46
2.1735-2.1905........................        16.80425-16.80475                 960-1240                7.25-7.75
4.125-4.128..........................               25.5-25.67                1300-1427                8.025-8.5
4.17725-4.17775......................               37.5-38.25              1435-1626.5                  9.0-9.2
4.20725-4.20775......................                  73-74.6            1645.5-1646.5                  9.3-9.5
6.215-6.218..........................                74.8-75.2                1660-1710                10.6-12.7
6.26775-6.26825......................               108-121.94            1718.8-1722.2               13.25-13.4
6.31175-6.31225......................                  123-138                2200-2300               14.47-14.5
8.291-8.294..........................             149.9-150.05                2310-2390               15.35-16.2
8.362-8.366..........................      156.52475-156.52525              2483.5-2500                17.7-21.4
8.37625-8.38675......................              156.7-156.9                2655-2900              22.01-23.12
8.41425-8.41475......................          162.0125-167.17                3260-3267                23.6-24.0
12.29-12.293.........................             167.72-173.2                3332-3339                31.2-31.8
12.51975-12.52025....................                  240-285              3345.8-3358               36.43-36.5
12.57675-12.57725....................                322-335.4                3600-4400                    (\2\)
13.36-13.41..........................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Until February 1, 1999, this restricted band shall be 0.490-0.510 MHz.
\2\ Above 38.6

    (b) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, 
the field strength of emissions appearing within these frequency bands 
shall not exceed the limits shown in Sec. 15.209. At frequencies equal 
to or less than 1000 MHz, compliance with the limits in Sec. 15.209 
shall be demonstrated using measurement instrumentation employing a 
CISPR quasi-peak detector. Above 1000 MHz, compliance with the emission 
limits in Sec. 15.209 shall be demonstrated based on the average value 
of the measured emissions. The provisions in Sec. 15.35 apply to these 
measurements.
    (c) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, 
regardless of the field strength limits specified elsewhere in this 
subpart, the provisions of this section apply to emissions from any 
intentional radiator.
    (d) The following devices are exempt from the requirements of this 
section:
    (1) Swept frequency field disturbance sensors operating between 
1.705 and 37 MHz provided their emissions only sweep through the bands 
listed in paragraph (a) of this section, the sweep is never stopped with 
the fundamental emission within the bands listed in paragraph (a) of 
this section, and the fundamental emission is outside of the bands 
listed in paragraph (a) of this section more than 99% of the time the 
device is actively transmitting, without compensation for duty cycle.
    (2) Transmitters used to detect buried electronic markers at 101.4 
kHz which are employed by telephone companies.
    (3) Cable locating equipment operated pursuant to Sec. 15.213.
    (4) Any equipment operated under the provisions of Sec. Sec. 
15.253, 15.255 or 15.257.
    (5) Biomedical telemetry devices operating under the provisions of 
Sec. 15.242 of this part are not subject to the restricted band 608-614 
MHz but are subject to compliance within the other restricted bands.
    (6) Transmitters operating under the provisions of subparts D or F 
of this part.
    (7) Devices operated pursuant to Sec. 15.225 are exempt from 
complying with this section for the 13.36-13.41 MHz band only.
    (8) Devices operated in the 24.075-24.175 GHz band under Sec. 
15.245 are exempt from complying with the requirements of this section 
for the 48.15-48.35 GHz and 72.225-72.525 GHz bands only, and shall not 
exceed the limits specified in Sec. 15.245(b).
    (9) Devices operated in the 24.0-24.25 GHz band under Sec. 15.249 
are exempt from complying with the requirements of this section for the 
48.0-48.5 GHz and 72.0-72.75 GHz bands only, and shall not exceed the 
limits specified in Sec. 15.249(a).
    (e) Harmonic emissions appearing in the restricted bands above 17.7 
GHz from field disturbance sensors operating under the provisions of 
Sec. 15.245

[[Page 808]]

shall not exceed the limits specified in Sec. 15.245(b).

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 46791, Nov. 7, 1990; 56 
FR 6288, Feb. 15, 1991; 57 FR 13048, Apr. 15, 1992; 58 FR 33774, June 
21, 1993; 60 FR 28068, May 30, 1995; 61 FR 14503, Apr. 2, 1996; 62 FR 
4655, Jan. 31, 1997; 62 FR 58658, Oct. 30, 1997; 67 FR 34855, May 16, 
2002; 68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003; 69 FR 3265, Jan. 23, 2004]



Sec. 15.207  Conducted limits.

    (a) Except as shown in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, for 
an intentional radiator that is designed to be connected to the public 
utility (AC) power line, the radio frequency voltage that is conducted 
back onto the AC power line on any frequency or frequencies, within the 
band 150 kHz to 30 MHz, shall not exceed the limits in the following 
table, as measured using a 50 [mu]H/50 ohms line impedance stabilization 
network (LISN). Compliance with the provisions of this paragraph shall 
be based on the measurement of the radio frequency voltage between each 
power line and ground at the power terminal. The lower limit applies at 
the boundary between the frequency ranges.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Conducted limit (dB[mu]V)
  Frequency of emission (MHz)   ----------------------------------------
                                      Quasi-peak            Average
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.15-0.5.......................  66 to 56*..........  56 to 46*
0.5-5..........................  56.................  46
5-30...........................  60.................  50
------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Decreases with the logarithm of the frequency.

    (b) The limit shown in paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply 
to carrier current systems operating as intentional radiators on 
frequencies below 30 MHz. In lieu thereof, these carrier current systems 
shall be subject to the following standards:
    (1) For carrier current system containing their fundamental emission 
within the frequency band 535-1705 kHz and intended to be received using 
a standard AM broadcast receiver: no limit on conducted emissions.
    (2) For all other carrier current systems: 1000 [mu]V within the 
frequency band 535-1705 kHz, as measured using a 50 [mu]H/50 ohms LISN.
    (3) Carrier current systems operating below 30 MHz are also subject 
to the radiated emission limits in Sec. 15.205, Sec. 15.209, Sec. 
15.221, Sec. 15.223, or Sec. 15.227, as appropriate.
    (c) Measurements to demonstrate compliance with the conducted limits 
are not required for devices which only employ battery power for 
operation and which do not operate from the AC power lines or contain 
provisions for operation while connected to the AC power lines. Devices 
that include, or make provisions for, the use of battery chargers which 
permit operating while charging, AC adapters or battery eliminators or 
that connect to the AC power lines indirectly, obtainig their power 
through another device which is connected to the AC power lines, shall 
be tested to demonstrate compliance with the conducted limits.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 373, Jan. 4, 1991; 57 
FR 33448, July 29, 1992; 58 FR 51249, Oct. 1, 1993; 67 FR 45671, July 
10, 2002]



Sec. 15.209  Radiated emission limits; general requirements.

    (a) Except as provided elsewhere in this subpart, the emissions from 
an intentional radiator shall not exceed the field strength levels 
specified in the following table:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Measurement
         Frequency (MHz)                Field strength         distance
                                      (microvolts/meter)       (meters)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.009-0.490......................  2400/F(kHz)                      300
0.490-1.705......................  24000/F(kHz)                      30
1.705-30.0.......................  30                                30
30-88............................  100 **                             3
88-216...........................  150 **                             3
216-960..........................  200 **                             3
Above 960........................  500                                3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
** Except as provided in paragraph (g), fundamental emissions from
  intentional radiators operating under this section shall not be
  located in the frequency bands 54-72 MHz, 76-88 MHz, 174-216 MHz or
  470-806 MHz. However, operation within these frequency bands is
  permItted under other sections of this part, e.g., Sec. Sec. 15.231
  and 15.241.

    (b) In the emission table above, the tighter limit applies at the 
band edges.
    (c) The level of any unwanted emissions from an intentional radiator 
operating under these general provisions shall not exceed the level of 
the fundamental emission. For intentional radiators which operate under 
the provisions of other sections within this part and which are required 
to reduce their unwanted emissions to the limits specified in this 
table, the limits in this table are based on the frequency of the

[[Page 809]]

unwanted emission and not the fundamental frequency. However, the level 
of any unwanted emissions shall not exceed the level of the fundamental 
frequency.
    (d) The emission limits shown in the above table are based on 
measurements employing a CISPR quasi-peak detector except for the 
frequency bands 9-90 kHz, 110-490 kHz and above 1000 MHz. Radiated 
emission limits in these three bands are based on measurements employing 
an average detector.
    (e) The provisions in Sec. Sec. 15.31, 15.33, and 15.35 for 
measuring emissions at distances other than the distances specified in 
the above table, determining the frequency range over which radiated 
emissions are to be measured, and limiting peak emissions apply to all 
devices operated under this part.
    (f) In accordance with Sec. 15.33(a), in some cases the emissions 
from an intentional radiator must be measured to beyond the tenth 
harmonic of the highest fundamental frequency designed to be emitted by 
the intentional radiator because of the incorporation of a digital 
device. If measurements above the tenth harmonic are so required, the 
radiated emissions above the tenth harmonic shall comply with the 
general radiated emission limits applicable to the incorporated digital 
device, as shown in Sec. 15.109 and as based on the frequency of the 
emission being measured, or, except for emissions contained in the 
restricted frequency bands shown in Sec. 15.205, the limit on spurious 
emissions specified for the intentional radiator, whichever is the 
higher limit. Emissions which must be measured above the tenth harmonic 
of the highest fundamental frequency designed to be emitted by the 
intentional radiator and which fall within the restricted bands shall 
comply with the general radiated emission limits in Sec. 15.109 that 
are applicable to the incorporated digital device.
    (g) Perimeter protection systems may operate in the 54-72 MHz and 
76-88 MHz bands under the provisions of this section. The use of such 
perimeter protection systems is limited to industrial, business and 
commercial applications.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32339, Aug. 7, 1989; 55 FR 18340, May 
2, 1990; 62 FR 58658, Oct. 30, 1997]



Sec. 15.211  Tunnel radio systems.

    An intentional radiator utilized as part of a tunnel radio system 
may operate on any frequency provided it meets all of the following 
conditions:
    (a) Operation of a tunnel radio system (intentional radiator and all 
connecting wires) shall be contained solely within a tunnel, mine or 
other structure that provides attenuation to the radiated signal due to 
the presence of naturally surrounding earth and/or water.
    (b) Any intentional or unintentional radiator external to the 
tunnel, mine or other structure, as described in paragraph (a) of this 
section, shall be subject to the other applicable regulations contained 
within this part.
    (c) The total electromagnetic field from a tunnel radio system on 
any frequency or frequencies appearing outside of the tunnel, mine or 
other structure described in paragraph (a) of this section, shall not 
exceed the limits shown in Sec. 15.209 when measured at the specified 
distance from the surrounding structure, including openings. Particular 
attention shall be paid to the emissions from any opening in the 
structure to the outside environment. When measurements are made from 
the openings, the distances shown in Sec. 15.209 refer to the distance 
from the plane of reference which fits the entire perimeter of each 
above ground opening.
    (d) The conducted limits in Sec. 15.207 apply to the radiofrequency 
voltage on the public utility power lines outside of the tunnel.



Sec. 15.213  Cable locating equipment.

    An intentional radiator used as cable locating equipment, as defined 
in Sec. 15.3(d), may be operated on any frequency within the band 9-490 
kHz, subject to the following limits: Within the frequency band 9 kHz, 
up to, but not including, 45 kHz, the peak output power from the cable 
locating equipment shall not exceed 10 watts; and, within the frequency 
band 45 kHz to 490 kHz,

[[Page 810]]

the peak output power from the cable locating equipment shall not exceed 
one watt. If provisions are made for connection of the cable locating 
equipment to the AC power lines, the conducted limits in Sec. 15.207 
also apply to this equipment.



Sec. 15.214  Cordless telephones.

    (a) For equipment authorization, a single application form, FCC Form 
731, may be filed for a cordless telephone system, provided the 
application clearly identifies and provides data for all parts of the 
system to show compliance with the applicable technical requirements. 
When a single application form is submitted, both the base station and 
the portable handset must carry the same FCC identifier. The application 
shall include a fee for certification of each type of transmitter and 
for certification, if appropriate, for each type of receiver included in 
the system.
    (b) A cordless telephone that is intended to be connected to the 
public switched telephone network shall also comply with the applicable 
regulations in part 68 of this chapter. A separate procedure for 
approval under part 68 is required for such terminal equipment.
    (c) The label required under subpart A of this part shall also 
contain the following statement: ``Privacy of communications may not be 
ensured when using this phone.''
    (d) Cordless telephones shall incorporate circuitry which makes use 
of a digital security code to provide protection against unintentional 
access to the public switched telephone network by the base unit and 
unintentional ringing by the handset. These functions shall operate such 
that each access of the telephone network or ringing of the handset is 
preceded by the transmission of a code word. Access to the telephone 
network shall occur only if the code transmitted by the handset matches 
code set in the base unit. Similarly, ringing of the handset shall occur 
only if the code transmitted by the base unit matches the code set in 
the handset. The security code required by this section may also be 
employed to perform other communications functions, such as providing 
telephone billing information. This security code system is to operate 
in accordance with the following provisions.
    (1) There must be provision for at least 256 possible discrete 
digital codes. Factory-set codes must be continuously varied over at 
least 256 possible codes as each telephone is manufactured. The codes 
may be varied either randomly, sequentially, or using another systematic 
procedure.
    (2) Manufacturers must use one of the following approaches for 
facilitating variation in the geographic distribution of individual 
security codes:
    (i) Provide a means for the user to readily select from among at 
least 256 possible discrete digital codes. The cordless telephone shall 
be either in a non-operable mode after manufacture until the user 
selects a security code or the manufacturer must continuously vary the 
initial security code as each telephone is produced.
    (ii) Provide a fixed code that is continuously varied among at least 
256 discrete digital codes as each telephone is manufactured.
    (iii) Provide a means for the cordless telephone to automatically 
select a different code from among at least 256 possible discrete 
digital codes each time it is activated.
    (iv) It is permissible to provide combinations of fixed, automatic, 
and user-selectable coding provided the above criteria are met.
    (3) A statement of the means and procedures used to achieve the 
required protection shall be provided in any application for equipment 
authorization of a cordless telephone.

[56 FR 3785, Jan. 31, 1991, as amended at 63 FR 36603, July 7, 1998; 66 
FR 7580, Jan. 24, 2001]

             Radiated Emission Limits, Additional Provisions



Sec. 15.215  Additional provisions to the general radiated emission 
limitations.

    (a) The regulations in Sec. Sec. 15.217 through 15.257 provide 
alternatives to the general radiated emission limits for intentional 
radiators operating in specified frequency bands. Unless otherwise 
stated, there are no restrictions as to the types of operation permitted 
under these sections.

[[Page 811]]

    (b) In most cases, unwanted emissions outside of the frequency bands 
shown in these alternative provisions must be attenuated to the emission 
limits shown in Sec. 15.209. In no case shall the level of the unwanted 
emissions from an intentional radiator operating under these additional 
provisions exceed the field strength of the fundamental emission.
    (c) Intentional radiators operating under the alternative provisions 
to the general emission limits, as contained in Sec. Sec. 15.217 
through 15.257 and in subpart E of this part, must be designed to ensure 
that the 20 dB bandwidth of the emission is contained within the 
frequency band designated in the rule section under which the equipment 
is operated. The requirement to contain the 20 dB bandwidth of the 
emission within the specified frequency band includes the effects from 
frequency sweeping, frequency hopping and other modulation techniques 
that may be employed as well as the frequency stability of the 
transmitter over expected variations in temperature and supply voltage. 
If a frequency stability is not specified in the regulations, it is 
recommended that the fundamental emission be kept within at least the 
central 80% of the permitted band in order to minimize the possibility 
of out-of-band operation.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 62 FR 45333, Aug. 27, 1997; 
67 FR 34855, May 16, 2002; 69 FR 3265, Jan. 23, 2004]



Sec. 15.217  Operation in the band 160-190 kHz.

    (a) The total input power to the final radio frequency stage 
(exclusive of filament or heater power) shall not exceed one watt.
    (b) The total length of the transmission line, antenna, and ground 
lead (if used) shall not exceed 15 meters.
    (c) All emissions below 160 kHz or above 190 kHz shall be attenuated 
at least 20 dB below the level of the unmodulated carrier. Determination 
of compliance with the 20 dB attenuation specification may be based on 
measurements at the intentional radiator's antenna output terminal 
unless the intentional radiator uses a permanently attached antenna, in 
which case compliance shall be demonstrated by measuring the radiated 
emissions.



Sec. 15.219  Operation in the band 510-1705 kHz.

    (a) The total input power to the final radio frequency stage 
(exclusive of filament or heater power) shall not exceed 100 milliwatts.
    (b) The total length of the transmission line, antenna and ground 
lead (if used) shall not exceed 3 meters.
    (c) All emissions below 510 kHz or above 1705 kHz shall be 
attenuated at least 20 dB below the level of the unmodulated carrier. 
Determination of compliance with the 20 dB attenuation specification may 
be based on measurements at the intentional radiator's antenna output 
terminal unless the intentional radiator uses a permanently attached 
antenna, in which case compliance shall be deomonstrated by measuring 
the radiated emissions.



Sec. 15.221  Operation in the band 525-1705 kHz.

    (a) Carrier current systems and transmitters employing a leaky 
coaxial cable as the radiating antenna may operate in the band 525-1705 
kHz provided the field strength levels of the radiated emissions do not 
exceed 15 uV/m, as measured at a distance of 47,715/(frequency in kHz) 
meters (equivalent to Lambda/2Pi) from the electric power line or the 
coaxial cable, respectively. The field strength levels of emissions 
outside this band shall not exceed the general radiated emission limits 
in Sec. 15.209.
    (b) As an alternative to the provisions in paragraph (a) of this 
section, intentional radiators used for the operation of an AM broadcast 
station on a college or university campus or on the campus of any other 
education institution may comply with the following:
    (1) On the campus, the field strength of emissions appearing outside 
of this frequency band shall not exceed the general radiated emission 
limits shown in Sec. 15.209 as measured from the radiating source. 
There is no limit on the field strength of emissions appearing within 
this frequency band, except that the provisions of Sec. 15.5 continue 
to comply.

[[Page 812]]

    (2) At the perimeter of the campus, the field strength of any 
emissions, including those within the frequency band 525-1705 kHz, shall 
not exceed the general radiated emission in Sec. 15.209.
    (3) The conducted limits specified in Sec. 15.207 apply to the 
radio frequency voltage on the public utility power lines outside of the 
campus. Due to the large number of radio frequency devices which may be 
used on the campus, contributing to the conducted emissions, as an 
alternative to measuring conducted emissions outside of the campus, it 
is acceptable to demonstrate compliance with this provision by measuring 
each individual intentional radiator employed in the system at the point 
where it connects to the AC power lines.
    (c) A grant of equipment authorization is not required for 
intentional radiators operated under the provisions of this section. In 
lieu thereof, the intentional radiator shall be verified for compliance 
with the regulations in accordance with subpart J of part 2 of this 
chapter. This data shall be kept on file at the location of the studio, 
office or control room associated with the transmitting equipment. In 
some cases, this may correspond to the location of the transmitting 
equipment.
    (d) For the band 535-1705 kHz, the frequency of operation shall be 
chosen such that operation is not within the protected field strength 
contours of licensed AM stations.

[56 FR 373, Jan. 4, 1991]



Sec. 15.223  Operation in the band 1.705-10 MHz.

    (a) The field strength of any emission within the band 1.705-10.0 
MHz shall not exceed 100 microvolts/meter at a distance of 30 meters. 
However, if the bandwidth of the emission is less than 10% of the center 
frequency, the field strength shall not exceed 15 microvolts/meter or 
(the bandwidth of the device in kHz) divided by (the center frequency of 
the device in MHz) microvolts/meter at a distance of 30 meters, 
whichever is the higher level. For the purposes of this section, 
bandwidth is determined at the points 6 dB down from the modulated 
carrier. The emission limits in this paragraph are based on measurement 
instrumentation employing an average detector. The provisions in Sec. 
15.35(b) for limiting peak emissions apply.
    (b) The field strength of emissions outside of the band 1.705-10.0 
MHz shall not exceed the general radiated emission limits in Sec. 
15.209.



Sec. 15.225  Operation within the band 13.110-14.010 MHz.

    (a) The field strength of any emissions within the band 13.553-
13.567 MHz shall not exceed 15,848 microvolts/meter at 30 meters.
    (b) Within the bands 13.410-13.553 MHz and 13.567-13.710 MHz, the 
field strength of any emissions shall not exceed 334 microvolts/meter at 
30 meters.
    (c) Within the bands 13.110-13.410 MHz and 13.710-14.010 MHz the 
field strength of any emissions shall not exceed 106 microvolts/meter at 
30 meters.
    (d) The field strength of any emissions appearing outside of the 
13.110-14.010 MHz band shall not exceed the general radiated emission 
limits in Sec. 15.209.
    (e) The frequency tolerance of the carrier signal shall be 
maintained within +/-0.01% of the operating frequency over a temperature 
variation of -20 degrees to +50 degrees C at normal supply voltage, and 
for a variation in the primary supply voltage from 85% to 115% of the 
rated supply voltage at a temperature of 20 degrees C. For battery 
operated equipment, the equipment tests shall be performed using a new 
battery.
    (f) In the case of radio frequency powered tags designed to operate 
with a device authorized under this section, the tag may be approved 
with the device or be considered as a separate device subject to its own 
authorization. Powered tags approved with a device under a single 
application shall be labeled with the same identification number as the 
device.

[68 FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003]



Sec. 15.227  Operation within the band 26.96-27.28 MHz.

    (a) The field strength of any emission within this band shall not 
exceed 10,000 microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The emission limit in this 
paragraph is based on measurement instrumentation employing an average 
detector.

[[Page 813]]

The provisions in Sec. 15.35 for limiting peak emissions apply.
    (b) The field strength of any emissions which appear outside of this 
band shall not exceed the general radiated emission limits in Sec. 
15.209.



Sec. 15.229  Operation within the band 40.66-40.70 MHz.

    (a) Unless operating pursuant to the provisions in Sec. 15.231, the 
field strength of any emissions within this band shall not exceed 1,000 
microvolts/meter at 3 meters.
    (b) As an alternative to the limit in paragraph (a) of this section, 
perimeter protection systems may demonstrate compliance with the 
following: the field strength of any emissions within this band shall 
not exceed 500 microvolts/meter at 3 meters, as determined using 
measurement instrumentations employing an average detector. The 
provisions in Sec. 15.35 for limiting peak emissions apply where 
compliance of these devices is demonstrated under this alternative 
emission limit.
    (c) The field strength of any emissions appearing outside of this 
band shall not exceed the general radiated emission limits in Sec. 
15.209.
    (d) The frequency tolerance of the carrier signal shall be 
maintained within 0.01% of the operating frequency 
over a temperature variation of -20 degrees to +50 degrees C at normal 
supply voltage, and for a variation in the primary supply voltage from 
85% to 115% of the rated supply voltage at a temperature of 20 degrees 
C. For battery operated equipment, the equipment tests shall be 
performed using a new battery.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 33910, Aug. 20, 1990]



Sec. 15.231  Periodic operation in the band 40.66-40.70 MHz and above 
70 MHz.

    (a) The provisions of this section are restricted to periodic 
operation within the band 40.66-40.70 MHz and above 70 MHz. Except as 
shown in paragraph (e) of this section, the intentional radiator is 
restricted to the transmission of a control signal such as those used 
with alarm systems, door openers, remote switches, etc. Continuous 
transmissions, voice, video and the radio control of toys are not 
permitted. Data is permitted to be sent with a control signal. The 
following conditions shall be met to comply with the provisions for this 
periodic operation:
    (1) A manually operated transmitter shall employ a switch that will 
automatically deactivate the transmitter within not more than 5 seconds 
of being released.
    (2) A transmitter activated automatically shall cease transmission 
within 5 seconds after activation.
    (3) Periodic transmissions at regular predetermined intervals are 
not permitted. However, polling or supervision transmissions, including 
data, to determine system integrity of transmitters used in security or 
safety applications are allowed if the total duration of transmissions 
does not exceed more than two seconds per hour for each transmitter. 
There is no limit on the number of individual transmissions, provided 
the total transmission time does not exceed two seconds per hour.
    (4) Intentional radiators which are employed for radio control 
purposes during emergencies involving fire, security, and safety of 
life, when activated to signal an alarm, may operate during the pendency 
of the alarm condition
    (b) In addition to the provisions of Sec. 15.205, the field 
strength of emissions from intentional radiators operated under this 
section shall not exceed the following:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Field strength of   Field strength of
   Fundamental frequency (MHz)        fundamental     spurious emissions
                                  (microvolts/meter)  (microvolts/meter)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
40.66-40.70.....................  2,250.............  225
70-130..........................  1,250.............  125
130-174.........................  \1\ 1,250 to 3,750  \1\ 125 to 375
174-260.........................  3,750.............  375
260-470.........................  \1\ 3,750 to        \1\ 375 to 1,250
                                   12,500.
Above 470.......................  12,500............  1,250
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Linear interpolations.

    (1) The above field strength limits are specified at a distance of 3 
meters. The tighter limits apply at the band edges.
    (2) Intentional radiators operating under the provisions of this 
section shall demonstrate compliance with the limits on the field 
strength of emissions, as shown in the above table,

[[Page 814]]

based on the average value of the measured emissions. As an alternative, 
compliance with the limits in the above table may be based on the use of 
measurement instrumentation with a CISPR quasi-peak detector. The 
specific method of measurement employed shall be specified in the 
application for equipment authorization. If average emission 
measurements are employed, the provisions in Sec. 15.35 for averaging 
pulsed emissions and for limiting peak emissions apply. Further, 
compliance with the provisions of Sec. 15.205 shall be demonstrated 
using the measurement instrumentation specified in that section.
    (3) The limits on the field strength of the spurious emissions in 
the above table are based on the fundamental frequency of the 
intentional radiator. Spurious emissions shall be attenuated to the 
average (or, alternatively, CISPR quasi-peak) limits shown in this table 
or to the general limits shown in Sec. 15.209, whichever limit permits 
a higher field strength.
    (c) The bandwidth of the emission shall be no wider than 0.25% of 
the center frequency for devices operating above 70 MHz and below 900 
MHz. For devices operating above 900 MHz, the emission shall be no wider 
than 0.5% of the center frequency. Bandwidth is determined at the points 
20 dB down from the modulated carrier.
    (d) For devices operating within the frequency band 40.66-40.70 MHz, 
the bandwidth of the emission shall be confined within the band edges 
and the frequency tolerance of the carrier shall be 0.01%. This frequency tolerance shall be maintained for 
a temperature variation of -20 degrees to +50 degrees C at normal supply 
voltage, and for a variation in the primary supply voltage from 85% to 
115% of the rated supply voltage at a temperature of 20 degrees C. For 
battery operated equipment, the equipment tests shall be performed using 
a new battery.
    (e) Intentional radiators may operate at a periodic rate exceeding 
that specified in paragraph (a) of this section and may be employed for 
any type of operation, including operation prohibited in paragraph (a) 
of this section, provided the intentional radiator complies with the 
provisions of paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, except the 
field strength table in paragraph (b) of this section is replaced by the 
following:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Field strength of   Field strength of
   Fundamental frequency (MHz)        fundamental      spurious emission
                                  (microvolts/meter)  (microvolts/meter)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
40.66-40.70.....................  1,000.............  100
70-130..........................  500...............  50
130-174.........................  500 to 1,500 \1\..  50 to 150 \1\
174-260.........................  1,500.............  150
260-470.........................  1,500 to 5,000 \1\  150 to 500 \1\
Above 470.......................  5,000.............  500
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Linear interpolations.


In addition, devices operated under the provisions of this paragraph 
shall be provided with a means for automatically limiting operation so 
that the duration of each transmission shall not be greater than one 
second and the silent period between transmissions shall be at least 30 
times the duration of the transmission but in no case less than 10 
seconds.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. 7, 1989, as amended at 68 
FR 68546, Dec. 9, 2003]



Sec. 15.233  Operation within the bands 43.71-44.49 MHz, 46.60-46.98 MHz, 
48.75-49.51 MHz and 49.66-50.0 MHz.

    (a) The provisions shown in this section are restricted to cordless 
telephones.
    (b) An intentional radiator used as part of a cordless telephone 
system shall operate centered on one or more of the following frequency 
pairs, subject to the following conditions:
    (1) Frequencies shall be paired as shown below, except that channel 
pairing for channels one through fifteen may be accomplished by pairing 
any of the fifteen base transmitter frequencies with any of the fifteen 
handset transmitter frequencies.
    (2) Cordless telephones operating on channels one through fifteen 
must:
    (i) Incorporate an automatic channel selection mechanism that will 
prevent establishment of a link on any occupied frequency; and
    (ii) The box or an instruction manual which is included within the 
box which the individual cordless telephone is to be marketed shall 
contain information

[[Page 815]]

indicating that some cordless telephones operate at frequencies that may 
cause interference to nearby TVs and VCRs; to minimize or prevent such 
interference, the base of the cordless telephone should not be placed 
near or on top of a TV or VCR; and, if interference is experienced, 
moving the cordless telephone farther away from the TV or VCR will often 
reduce or eliminate the interference. A statement describing the means 
and procedures used to achieve automatic channel selection shall be 
provided in any application for equipment authorization of a cordless 
telephone operating on channels one through fifteen.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Base           Handset
                 Channel                    transmitter     transmitter
                                               (MHz)           (MHz)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.......................................          43.720          48.760
2.......................................          43.740          48.840
3.......................................          43.820          48.860
4.......................................          43.840          48.920
5.......................................          43.920          49.020
6.......................................          43.960          49.080
7.......................................          44.120          49.100
8.......................................          44.160          49.160
9.......................................          44.180          49.200
10......................................          44.200          49.240
11......................................          44.320          49.280
12......................................          44.360          49.360
13......................................          44.400          49.400
14......................................          44.460          49.460
15......................................          44.480          49.500
16......................................          46.610          49.670
17......................................          46.630          49.845
18......................................          46.670          49.860
19......................................          46.710          49.770
20......................................          46.730          49.875
21......................................          46.770          49.830
22......................................          46.830          49.890
23......................................          46.870          49.930
24......................................          46.930          49.990
25......................................          46.970          49.970
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) The field strength of the fundamental emission shall not exceed 
10,000 microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The emission limit in this 
paragraph is based on measurement instrumentation employing an average 
detector. The provisions in Sec. 15.35 for limiting peak emissions 
apply.
    (d) The fundamental emission shall be confined within a 20 kHz band 
and shall be centered on a carrier frequency shown above, as adjusted by 
the frequency tolerance of the transmitter at the time testing is 
performed. Modulation products outside of this 20 kHz band shall be 
attenuated at least 26 dB below the level of the unmodulated carrier or 
to the general limits in Sec. 15.209, whichever permits the higher 
emission levels. Emissions on any frequency more than 20 kHz removed 
from the center frequency shall consist solely of unwanted emissions and 
shall not exceed the general radiated emission limits in Sec. 15.209. 
Tests to determine compliance with these requirements shall be performed 
using an appropriate input signal as prescribed in Sec. 2.989 of this 
chapter.
    (e) All emissions exceeding 20 microvolts/meter at 3 meters are to 
be reported in the application for certification.
    (f) If the device provides for the connection of external 
accessories, including external electrical input signals, the device 
must be tested with the accessories attached. The emission tests shall 
be performed with the device and accessories configured in a manner 
which tends to produce the maximum level of emissions within the range 
of variations that can be expected under normal operating conditions.
    (g) The frequency tolerance of the carrier signal shall be 
maintained within 0.01% of the operating 
frequency. The tolerance shall be maintained for a temperature variation 
of -20 degrees C to +50 degrees C at normal supply voltage, and for 
variation in the primary voltage from 85% to 115% of the rated supply 
voltage at a temperature of 20 degrees C. For battery operated 
equipment, the equipment tests shall be performed using a new battery.
    (h) For cordless telephones that do not comply with Sec. 15.214(d) 
of this part, the box or other package in which the individual cordless 
telephone is to be marketed shall carry a statement in a prominent 
location, visible to the buyer before purchase, which reads as follows:

    Notice: The base units of some cordless telephones may respond to 
other nearby units or to radio noise resulting in telephone calls being 
dialed through this unit without your knowledge and possibly calls being 
misbilled. In order to protect against such occurrences, this cordless 
telephone is provided with the following features: (to be completed by 
the responsible party).

    An application for certification of a cordless telephone shall 
specify the complete text of the statement that

[[Page 816]]

will be carried on the package and indicate where, specifically, it will 
be located on the carton.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. 7, 1989, as amended at 56 
FR 3785, Jan. 31, 1991; 56 FR 5659, Feb. 12, 1991; 60 FR 21985, May 4, 
1995]



Sec. 15.235  Operation within the band 49.82-49.90 MHz.

    (a) The field strength of any emission within this band shall not 
exceed 10,000 microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The emission limit in this 
paragraph is based on measurement instrumentation employing an average 
detector. The provisions in Sec. 15.35 for limiting peak emissions 
apply.
    (b) The field strength of any emissions appearing between the band 
edges and up to 10 kHz above and below the band edges shall be 
attenuated at least 26 dB below the level of the unmodulated carrier or 
to the general limits in Sec. 15.209, whichever permits the higher 
emission levels. The field strength of any emissions removed by more 
than 10 kHz from the band edges shall not exceed the general radiated 
emission limits in Sec. 15.209. All signals exceeding 20 microvolts/
meter at 3 meters shall be reported in the application for 
certification.
    (c) For a home-built intentional radiator, as defined in Sec. 
15.23(a), operating within the band 49.82-49.90 MHz, the following 
standards may be employed:
    (1) The RF carrier and modulation products shall be maintained 
within the band 49.82-49.90 MHz.
    (2) The total input power to the device measured at the battery or 
the power line terminals shall not exceed 100 milliwatts under any 
condition of modulation.
    (3) The antenna shall be a single element, one meter or less in 
length, permanently mounted on the enclosure containing the device.
    (4) Emissions outside of this band shall be attenuated at least 20 
dB below the level of the unmodulated carrier.
    (5) The regulations contained in Sec. 15.23 of this part apply to 
intentional radiators constructed under the provisions of this 
paragraph.
    (d) Cordless telephones are not permitted to operate under the 
provisions of this section.



Sec. 15.237  Operation in the bands 72.0-73.0 MHz, 74.6-74.8 MHz and 
75.2-76.0 MHz.

    (a) The intentional radiator shall be restricted to use as an 
auditory assistance device.
    (b) Emissions from the intentional radiator shall be confined within 
a band 200 kHz wide centered on the operating frequency. The 200 kHz 
band shall lie wholly within the above specified frequency ranges.
    (c) The field strength of any emissions within the permitted 200 kHz 
band shall not exceed 80 millivolts/meter at 3 meters. The field 
strength of any emissions radiated on any frequency outside of the 
specified 200 kHz band shall not exceed 1500 microvolts/meter at 3 
meters. The emission limits in this paragraph are based on measurement 
instrumentation employing an average detector. The provisions in Sec. 
15.35 for limiting peak emissions apply.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 57 FR 13048, Apr. 15, 1992]



Sec. 15.239  Operation in the band 88-108 MHz.

    (a) Emissions from the intentional radiator shall be confined within 
a band 200 kHz wide centered on the operating frequency. The 200 kHz 
band shall lie wholly within the frequency range of 88-108 MHz.
    (b) The field strength of any emissions within the permitted 200 kHz 
band shall not exceed 250 microvolts/meter at 3 meters. The emission 
limit in this paragraph is based on measurement instrumentation 
employing an average detector. The provisions in Sec. 15.35 for 
limiting peak emissions apply.
    (c) The field strength of any emissions radiated on any frequency 
outside of the specified 200 kHz band shall not exceed the general 
radiated emission limits in Sec. 15.209.
    (d) A custom built telemetry intentional radiator operating in the 
frequency band 88-108 MHz and used for experimentation by an educational 
institute need not be certified provided the device complies with the 
standards in this part and the educational institution notifies the 
Engineer in Charge of the local FCC office, in writing, in

[[Page 817]]

advance of operation, providing the following information:
    (1) The dates and places where the device will be operated;
    (2) The purpose for which the device will be used;
    (3) A description of the device, including the operating frequency, 
RF power output, and antenna; and,
    (4) A statement that the device complies with the technical 
provisions of this part.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. 7, 1989]



Sec. 15.240  Operation in the band 433.5-434.5 MHz.

    (a) Operation under the provisions of this section is restricted to 
devices that use radio frequency energy to identify the contents of 
commercial shipping containers. Operations must be limited to commercial 
and industrial areas such as ports, rail terminals and warehouses. Two-
way operation is permitted to interrogate and to load data into devices. 
Devices operated pursuant to the provisions of this section shall not be 
used for voice communications.
    (b) The field strength of any emissions radiated within the 
specified frequency band shall not exceed 11,000 microvolts per meter 
measured at a distance of 3 meters. The emission limit in this paragraph 
is based on measurement instrumentation employing an average detector. 
The peak level of any emissions within the specified frequency band 
shall not exceed 55,000 microvolts per meter measured at a distance of 3 
meters. Additionally, devices authorized under these provisions shall be 
provided with a means for automatically limiting operation so that the 
duration of each transmission shall not be greater than 60 seconds and 
be only permitted to reinitiate an interrogation in the case of a 
transmission error. Absent such a transmission error, the silent period 
between transmissions shall not be less than 10 seconds.
    (c) The field strength of emissions radiated on any frequency 
outside of the specified band shall not exceed the general radiated 
emission limits in Sec. 15.209.
    (d) In the case of radio frequency powered tags designed to operate 
with a device authorized under this section, the tag may be approved 
with the device or be considered as a separate device subject to its own 
authorization. Powered tags approved with a device under a single 
application shall be labeled with the same identification number as the 
device.
    (e) To prevent interference to Federal Government radar systems, 
operation under the provisions of this section is not permitted within 
40 kilometers of the following locations:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
        DoD Radar Site                Latitude            Longitude
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beale Air Force Base..........  39[deg]08[min]10[se  121[deg]21[min]04[s
                                 c] N                 ec] W
Cape Cod Air Force Station....  41[deg]45[min]07[se  070[deg]32[min]17[s
                                 c] N                 ec] W
Clear Air Force Station.......  64[deg]55[min]16[se  143[deg]05[min]02[s
                                 c] N                 ec] W
Cavalier Air Force Station....  48[deg]43[min]12[se  097[deg]54[min]00[s
                                 c] N                 ec] W
Eglin Air Force Base..........  30[deg]43[min]12[se  086[deg]12[min]36[s
                                 c] N                 ec] W
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (f) As a condition of the grant, the grantee of an equipment 
authorization for a device operating under the provisions of this 
section shall provide information to the user concerning compliance with 
the operational restrictions in paragraphs (a) and (e) of this section. 
As a further condition, the grantee shall provide information on the 
locations where the devices are installed to the FCC Office of 
Engineering and Technology, which shall provide this information to the 
Federal Government through the National Telecommunications and 
Information Administration. The user of the device shall be responsible 
for submitting updated information in the event the operating location 
or other information changes after the initial registration. The grantee 
shall notify the user of this requirement. The information provided by 
the grantee or user to the Commission shall include the name, address, 
telephone number and e-mail address of the user, the address and 
geographic coordinates of the operating location, and the FCC 
identification

[[Page 818]]

number of the device. The material shall be submitted to the following 
address:
    Experimental Licensing Branch, OET, Federal Communications 
Commission, 445 12th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20554, ATTN: RFID 
Registration.

[69 FR 29464, May 24, 2004]

    Effective Date Note: At 69 FR 29464, May 24, 2004, Sec. 15.240 was 
added. This section contains information collection and recordkeeping 
requirements and will not become effective until approval has been given 
by the Office of Management and Budget.



Sec. 15.241  Operation in the band 174-216 MHz.

    (a) Operation under the provisions of this section is restricted to 
biomedical telemetry devices.
    (b) Emissions from the device shall be confined within a 200 kHz 
band which shall lie wholly within the frequency range of 174-216 MHz.
    (c) The field strength of any emissions radiated within the 
specified 200 kHz band shall not exceed 1500 microvolts/meter at 3 
meters. The field strength of emissions radiated on any frequency 
outside of the specified 200 kHz band shall not exceed 150 microvolts/
meter at 3 meters. The emission limits in this paragraph are based on 
measurement instrumentation employing an average detector. The 
provisions in Sec. 15.35 for limiting peak emissions apply.



Sec. 15.242  Operation in the bands 174-216 MHz and 470-668 MHz.

    (a) The marketing and operation of intentional radiators under the 
provisions of this section is restricted to biomedical telemetry devices 
employed solely on the premises of health care facilities.
    (1) A health care facility includes hospitals and other 
establishments that offer services, facilities, and beds for use beyond 
24 hours in rendering medical treatment and institutions and 
organizations regularly engaged in providing medical services through 
clinics, public health facilities, and similar establishments, including 
governmental entities and agencies for their own medical activities.
    (2) This authority to operate does not extend to mobile vehicles, 
such as ambulances, even if those vehicles are associated with a health 
care facility.
    (b) The fundamental emissions from a biomedical telemetry device 
operating under the provisions of this section shall be contained within 
a single television broadcast channel, as defined in part 73 of this 
chapter, under all conditions of operation and shall lie wholly within 
the frequency ranges of 174-216 MHz and 470-668 MHz.
    (c) The field strength of the fundamental emissions shall not exceed 
200 mV/m, as measured at a distance of 3 meters using a quasi-peak 
detector. Manufacturers should note that a quasi-peak detector function 
indicates field strength per 120 kHz of bandwidth 20 kHz. Accordingly, the total signal level over the 
band of operation may be higher than 200 mV/m. The field strength of 
emissions radiated on any frequency outside of the television broadcast 
channel within which the fundamental is contained shall not exceed the 
general limits in Sec. 15.209.
    (d) The user and the installer of a biomedical telemetry device 
operating within the frequency range 174-216 MHz, 470-608 MHz or 614-668 
MHz shall ensure that the following minimum separation distances are 
maintained between the biomedical telemetry device and the authorized 
radio services operating on the same frequencies:
    (1) At least 10.3 km outside of the Grade B field strength contour 
(56 dBuV/m) of a TV broadcast station or an associated TV booster 
station operating within the band 174-216 MHz.
    (2) At least 5.5 km outside of the Grade B field strength contour 
(64 dBuV/m) of a TV broadcast station or an associated TV booster 
station operating within the bands 470-608 MHz or 614-668 MHz.
    (3) At least 5.1 km outside of the 68 dBuV/m field strength contour 
of a low power TV or a TV translator station operating within the band 
174-216 MHz.
    (4) At least 3.1 km outside of the 74 dBuV/m field strength contour 
of a low power TV or a TV translator station operating within the bands 
470-608 MHz or 614-668 MHz.

[[Page 819]]

    (5) Whatever distance is necessary to protect other authorized users 
within these bands.
    (e) The user and the installer of a biomedical telemetry device 
operating within the frequency range 608-614 MHz and that will be 
located within 32 km of the very long baseline array (VLBA) stations or 
within 80 km of any of the other radio astronomy observatories noted in 
footnote US 311 of Section 2.106 of this chapter must coordinate with, 
and obtain the written concurrence of, the director of the affected 
radio astronomy observatory before the equipment can be installed or 
operated. The National Science Foundation point of contact for 
coordination is: Spectrum Manager, Division of Astronomical Sciences, 
NSF Rm 1045, 4201 Wilson Blvd., Arlington, VA 22230; tel: (703) 306-
1823.
    (f) Biomedical telemetry devices must not cause harmful interference 
to licensed TV broadcast stations or to other authorized radio services, 
such as operations on the broadcast frequencies under subparts G and H 
of part 74 of this chapter, land mobile stations operating under part 90 
of this chapter in the 470-512 MHz band, and radio astronomy operation 
in the 608-614 MHz band. (See Sec. 15.5.) If harmful interference 
occurs, the interference must either be corrected or the device must 
immediately cease operation on the occupied frequency. Further, the 
operator of the biomedical telemetry device must accept whatever level 
of interference is received from other radio operations. The operator, 
i.e., the health care facility, is responsible for resolving any 
interference that occurs subsequent to the installation of these 
devices.
    (g) The manufacturers, installers, and users of biomedical telemetry 
devices are reminded that they must ensure that biomedical telemetry 
transmitters operating under the provisions of this section avoid 
operating in close proximity to authorized services using this spectrum. 
Sufficient separation distance, necessary to avoid causing or receiving 
harmful interference, must be maintained from co-channel operations. 
These parties are reminded that the frequencies of the authorized 
services are subject to change, especially during the implementation of 
the digital television services. The operating frequencies of the part 
15 devices may need to be changed, as necessary and in accordance with 
the permissive change requirements of this chapter, to accommodate 
changes in the operating frequencies of the authorized services.
    (h) The manufacturers, installers and users of biomedical telemetry 
devices are cautioned that the operation of this equipment could result 
in harmful interference to other nearby medical devices.

[62 FR 58658, Oct. 30, 1997]



Sec. 15.243  Operation in the band 890-940 MHz.

    (a) Operation under the provisions of this section is restricted to 
devices that use radio frequency energy to measure the characteristics 
of a material. Devices operated pursuant to the provisions of this 
section shall not be used for voice communications or the transmission 
of any other type of message.
    (b) The field strength of any emissions radiated within the 
specified frequency band shall not exceed 500 microvolts/meter at 30 
meters. The emission limit in this paragraph is based on measurement 
instrumentation employing an average detector. The provisions in Sec. 
15.35 for limiting peak emissions apply.
    (c) The field strength of emissions radiated on any frequency 
outside of the specified band shall not exceed the general radiated 
emission limits in Sec. 15.209.
    (d) The device shall be self-contained with no external or readily 
accessible controls which may be adjusted to permit operation in a 
manner inconsistent with the provisions in this section. Any antenna 
that may be used with the device shall be permanently attached thereto 
and shall not be readily modifiable by the user.



Sec. 15.245  Operation within the bands 902-928 MHz, 2435-2465 MHz, 
5785-5815 MHz, 10500-10550 MHz, and 24075-24175 MHz.

    (a) Operation under the provisions of this section is limited to 
intentional radiators used as field disturbance sensors, excluding 
perimeter protection systems.

[[Page 820]]

    (b) The field strength of emissions from intentional radiators 
operated within these frequency bands shall comply with the following:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Field         Field
                                               strength of   strength of
         Fundamental frequency (MHz)           fundamental    harmonics
                                              (millivolts/  (millivolts/
                                                 meter)        meter)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
902-928.....................................           500           1.6
2435-2465...................................           500           1.6
5785-5815...................................           500           1.6
10500-10550.................................          2500          25.0
24075-24175.................................          2500          25.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (1) Regardless of the limits shown in the above table, harmonic 
emissions in the restricted bands below 17.7 GHz, as specified in Sec. 
15.205, shall not exceed the field strength limits shown in Sec. 
15.209. Harmonic emissions in the restricted bands at and above 17.7 GHz 
shall not exceed the following field strength limits:
    (i) For the second and third harmonics of field disturbance sensors 
operating in the 24075-24175 MHz band and for other field disturbance 
sensors designed for use only within a building or to open building 
doors, 25.0 mV/m.
    (ii) For all other field disturbance sensors, 7.5 mV/m.
    (iii) Field disturbance sensors designed to be used in motor 
vehicles or aircraft must include features to prevent continuous 
operation unless their emissions in the restricted bands, other than the 
second and third harmonics from devices operating in the 24075-24175 MHz 
band, fully comply with the limits given in Sec. 15.209. Continuous 
operation of field disturbance sensors designed to be used in farm 
equipment, vehicles such as fork lifts that are intended primarily for 
use indoors or for very specialized operations, or railroad locomotives, 
railroad cars and other equipment which travels on fixed tracks is 
permitted. A field disturbance sensor will be considered not to be 
operating in a continuous mode if its operation is limited to specific 
activities of limited duration (e.g., putting a vehicle into reverse 
gear, activating a turn signal, etc.).
    (2) Field strength limits are specified at a distance of 3 meters.
    (3) Emissions radiated outside of the specified frequency bands, 
except for harmonics, shall be attenuated by at least 50 dB below the 
level of the fundamental or to the general radiated emission limits in 
Sec. 15.209, whichever is the lesser attenuation.
    (4) The emission limits shown above are based on measurement 
instrumentation employing an average detector. The provisions in Sec. 
15.35 for limiting peak emissions apply.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 46792, Nov. 7, 1990; 61 
FR 42558, Aug. 16, 1996; 68 FR 68547, Dec. 9, 2003]



Sec. 15.247  Operation within the bands 902-928 MHz, 2400-2483.5 MHz, and 
5725-5850 MHz.

    (a) Operation under the provisions of this section is limited to 
frequency hopping and digitally modulated intentional radiators that 
comply with the following provisions:
    (1) Frequency hopping systems shall have hopping channel carrier 
frequencies separated by a minimum of 25 kHz or the 20 dB bandwidth of 
the hopping channel, whichever is greater. The system shall hop to 
channel frequencies that are selected at the system hopping rate from a 
pseudorandomly ordered list of hopping frequencies. Each frequency must 
be used equally on the average by each transmitter. The system receivers 
shall have input bandwidths that match the hopping channel bandwidths of 
their corresponding transmitters and shall shift frequencies in 
synchronization with the transmitted signals.
    (i) For frequency hopping systems operating in the 902-928 MHz band: 
if the 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping channel is less than 250 kHz, the 
system shall use at least 50 hopping frequencies and the average time of 
occupancy on any frequency shall not be greater than 0.4 seconds within 
a 20 second period; if the 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping channel is 250 
kHz or greater, the system shall use at least 25 hopping frequencies and 
the average time of occupancy on any frequency shall not be greater than 
0.4 seconds within a 10 second period. The maximum allowed 20 dB 
bandwidth of the hopping channel is 500 kHz.
    (ii) Frequency hopping systems operating in the 5725-5850 MHz band 
shall use at least 75 hopping frequencies. The

[[Page 821]]

maximum 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping channel is 1 MHz. The average 
time of occupancy on any frequency shall not be greater than 0.4 seconds 
within a 30 second period.
    (iii) Frequency hopping systems in the 2400-2483.5 MHz band shall 
use at least 15 non-overlapping channels. The average time of occupancy 
on any channel shall not be greater than 0.4 seconds within a period of 
0.4 seconds multiplied by the number of hopping channels employed. 
Frequency hopping systems which use fewer than 75 hopping frequencies 
may employ intelligent hopping techniques to avoid interference to other 
transmissions. Frequency hopping systems may avoid or suppress 
transmissions on a particular hopping frequency provided that a minimum 
of 15 non-overlapping channels are used.
    (2) Systems using digital modulation techniques may operate in the 
902-928 MHz, 2400-2483.5 MHz, and 5725-5850 MHz bands. The minimum 6 dB 
bandwidth shall be at least 500 kHz.
    (b) The maximum peak output power of the intentional radiator shall 
not exceed the following:
    (1) For frequency hopping systems in the 2400-2483.5 MHz band 
employing at least 75 hopping channels, and all frequency hopping 
systems in the 5725-5850 MHz band: 1 Watt. For all other frequency 
hopping systems in the 2400-2483.5 band: 0.125 Watt.
    (2) For frequency hopping systems operating in the 902-928 MHz band: 
1 watt for systems employing at least 50 hopping channels; and, 0.25 
watts for systems employing less than 50 hopping channels, but at least 
25 hopping channels, as permitted under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this 
section.
    (3) For systems using digital modulation in the 902-928 MHz, 2400-
2483.5 MHz, and 5725-5850 MHz bands: 1 Watt.
    (4) Except as shown in paragraphs (b)(3) (i), (ii) and (iii) of this 
section, if transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi 
are used the peak output power from the intentional radiator shall be 
reduced below the stated values in paragraphs (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this 
section, as appropriate, by the amount in dB that the directional gain 
of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi.
    (i) Systems operating in the 2400-2483.5 MHz band that are used 
exclusively for fixed, point-to-point operations may employ transmitting 
antennas with directional gain greater than 6 dBi provided the maximum 
peak output power of the intentional radiator is reduced by 1 dB for 
every 3 dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi.
    (ii) Systems operating in the 5725-5850 MHz band that are used 
exclusively for fixed, point-to-point operations may employ transmitting 
antennas with directional gain greater than 6 dBi without any 
corresponding reduction in transmitter peak output power.
    (iii) Fixed, point-to-point operation, as used in paragraphs 
(b)(3)(i) and (b)(3)(ii) of this section, excludes the use of point-to-
multipoint systems, omnidirectional applications, and multiple co-
located intentional radiators transmitting the same information. The 
operator of the spread spectrum intentional radiator or, if the 
equipment is professionally installed, the installer is responsible for 
ensuring that the system is used exclusively for fixed, point-to-point 
operations. The instruction manual furnished with the intentional 
radiator shall contain language in the installation instructions 
informing the operator and the installer of this responsibility.
    (5) Systems operating under the provisions of this section shall be 
operated in a manner that ensures that the public is not exposed to 
radio frequency energy levels in excess of the Commission's guidelines. 
See Sec. 1.1307(b)(1) of this chapter.
    (c) In any 100 kHz bandwidth outside the frequency band in which the 
spread spectrum or digitally modulated intentional radiator is 
operating, the radio frequency power that is produced by the intentional 
radiator shall be at least 20 dB below that in the 100 kHz bandwidth 
within the band that contains the highest level of the desired power, 
based on either an RF conducted or a radiated measurement. Attenuation 
below the general limits specified in Sec. 15.209(a) is not required. 
In addition, radiated emissions which fall in the restricted bands, as 
defined in Sec. 15.205(a), must also comply with

[[Page 822]]

the radiated emission limits specified in Sec. 15.209(a) (see Sec. 
15.205(c)).
    (d) For digitally modulated systems, the peak power spectral density 
conducted from the intentional radiator to the antenna shall not be 
greater than 8 dBm in any 3 kHz band during any time interval of 
continuous transmission.
    (e) [Reserved]
    (f) For the purposes of this section, hybrid systems are those that 
employ a combination of both frequency hopping and digital modulation 
techniques. The frequency hopping operation of the hybrid system, with 
the direct sequence or digital modulation operation turned off, shall 
have an average time of occupancy on any frequency not to exceed 0.4 
seconds within a time period in seconds equal to the number of hopping 
frequencies employed multiplied by 0.4. The digital modulation operation 
of the hybrid system, with the frequency hopping operation turned off, 
shall comply with the power density requirements of paragraph (d) of 
this section.
    (g) Frequency hopping spread spectrum systems are not required to 
employ all available hopping channels during each transmission. However, 
the system, consisting of both the transmitter and the receiver, must be 
designed to comply with all of the regulations in this section should 
the transmitter be presented with a continuous data (or information) 
stream. In addition, a system employing short transmission bursts must 
comply with the definition of a frequency hopping system and must 
distribute its transmissions over the minimum number of hopping channels 
specified in this section.
    (h) The incorporation of intelligence within a frequency hopping 
spread spectrum system that permits the system to recognize other users 
within the spectrum band so that it individually and independently 
chooses and adapts its hopsets to avoid hopping on occupied channels is 
permitted. The coordination of frequency hopping systems in any other 
manner for the express purpose of avoiding the simultaneous occupancy of 
individual hopping frequencies by multiple transmitters is not 
permitted.

    Note: Spread spectrum systems are sharing these bands on a 
noninterference basis with systems supporting critical Government 
requirements that have been allocated the usage of these bands, 
secondary only to ISM equipment operated under the provisions of part 18 
of this chapter. Many of these Government systems are airborne 
radiolocation systems that emit a high EIRP which can cause interference 
to other users. Also, investigations of the effect of spread spectrum 
interference to U. S. Government operations in the 902-928 MHz band may 
require a future decrease in the power limits allowed for spread 
spectrum operation.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 28762, July 13, 1990; 
62 FR 26242, May 13, 1997; 65 FR 57561, Sept. 25, 2000; 67 FR 42734, 
June 25, 2002]

    Effective Date Note: At 69 FR 54035, Sept. 7, 2004, Sec. 15.247 was 
amended by revising paragraphs (a), (b) introductory text, (b)(1), 
(b)(3), (b)(4) introductory text, (c), (d), and by adding paragraph (e), 
effective Oct. 7, 2004. For the convenience of the user, the added and 
revised text is set forth as follows:

Sec. 15.247  Operation within the bands 902-928 MHz, 2400-2483.5 MHz, 
          and 5725-5850 MHz.

    (a) Operation under the provisions of this Section is limited to 
frequency hopping and digitally modulated intentional radiators that 
comply with the following provisions:
    (1) Frequency hopping systems shall have hopping channel carrier 
frequencies separated by a minimum of 25 kHz or the 20 dB bandwidth of 
the hopping channel, whichever is greater. Alternatively, frequency 
hopping systems operating in the 2400-2483.5 MHz band may have hopping 
channel carrier frequencies that are separated by 25 kHz or two-thirds 
of the 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping channel, whichever is greater, 
provided the systems operate with an output power no greater than 125 
mW. The system shall hop to channel frequencies that are selected at the 
system hopping rate from a pseudo randomly ordered list of hopping 
frequencies. Each frequency must be used equally on the average by each 
transmitter. The system receivers shall have input bandwidths that match 
the hopping channel bandwidths of their corresponding transmitters and 
shall shift frequencies in synchronization with the transmitted signals.
    (i) For frequency hopping systems operating in the 902-928 MHz band: 
if the 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping channel is less than 250 kHz, the 
system shall use at least 50 hopping frequencies and the average time of 
occupancy on any frequency shall not be greater than 0.4 seconds within 
a 20 second period; if the 20 dB bandwidth of the hopping channel is 250 
kHz or greater, the system shall use at least 25 hopping frequencies and 
the average time of occupancy on any frequency shall not be greater than 
0.4 seconds

[[Page 823]]

within a 10 second period. The maximum allowed 20 dB bandwidth of the 
hopping channel is 500 kHz.
    (ii) Frequency hopping systems operating in the 5725-5850 MHz band 
shall use at least 75 hopping frequencies. The maximum 20 dB bandwidth 
of the hopping channel is 1 MHz. The average time of occupancy on any 
frequency shall not be greater than 0.4 seconds within a 30 second 
period.
    (iii) Frequency hopping systems in the 2400-2483.5 MHz band shall 
use at least 15 channels. The average time of occupancy on any channel 
shall not be greater than 0.4 seconds within a period of 0.4 seconds 
multiplied by the number of hopping channels employed. Frequency hopping 
systems may avoid or suppress transmissions on a particular hopping 
frequency provided that a minimum of 15 channels are used.
    (2) Systems using digital modulation techniques may operate in the 
902-928 MHz, 2400-2483.5 MHz, and 5725-5850 MHz bands. The minimum 6 dB 
bandwidth shall be at least 500 kHz.
    (b) The maximum peak conducted output power of the intentional 
radiator shall not exceed the following:
    (1) For frequency hopping systems operating in the 2400-2483.5 MHz 
band employing at least 75 non-overlapping hopping channels, and all 
frequency hopping systems in the 5725-5850 MHz band: 1 watt. For all 
other frequency hopping systems in the 2400-2483.5 MHz band: 0.125 
watts.

                                * * * * *

    (3) For systems using digital modulation in the 902-928 MHz, 2400-
2483.5 MHz, and 5725-5850 MHz bands: 1 Watt. As an alternative to a peak 
power measurement, compliance with the one Watt limit can be based on a 
measurement of the maximum conducted output power. Maximum Conducted 
Output Power is defined as the total transmit power delivered to all 
antennas and antenna elements averaged across all symbols in the 
signaling alphabet when the transmitter is operating at its maximum 
power control level. Power must be summed across all antennas and 
antenna elements. The average must not include any time intervals during 
which the transmitter is off or is transmitting at a reduced power 
level. If multiple modes of operation are possible (e.g., alternative 
modulation methods), the maximum conducted output power is the highest 
total transmit power occurring in any mode.
    (4) The conducted output power limit specified in paragraph (b) of 
this section is based on the use of antennas with directional gains that 
do not exceed 6 dBi. Except as shown in paragraph (c) of this section, 
if transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are 
used, the conducted output power from the intentional radiator shall be 
reduced below the stated values in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and (b)(3) 
of this section, as appropriate, by the amount in dB that the 
directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi.
    (c) Operation with directional antenna gains greater than 6 dBi.
    (1) Fixed point-to-point operation:
    (i) Systems operating in the 2400-2483.5 MHz band that are used 
exclusively for fixed, point-to-point operations may employ transmitting 
antennas with directional gain greater than 6 dBi provided the maximum 
conducted output power of the intentional radiator is reduced by 1 dB 
for every 3 dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi.
    (ii) Systems operating in the 5725-5850 MHz band that are used 
exclusively for fixed, point-to-point operations may employ transmitting 
antennas with directional gain greater than 6 dBi without any 
corresponding reduction in transmitter conducted output power.
    (iii) Fixed, point-to-point operation, as used in paragraphs 
(c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section, excludes the use of point-to-
multipoint systems, omnidirectional applications, and multiple co-
located intentional radiators transmitting the same information. The 
operator of the spread spectrum or digitally modulated intentional 
radiator or, if the equipment is professionally installed, the installer 
is responsible for ensuring that the system is used exclusively for 
fixed, point-to-point operations. The instruction manual furnished with 
the intentional radiator shall contain language in the installation 
instructions informing the operator and the installer of this 
responsibility.
    (2) In addition to the provisions in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(3), 
(b)(4) and (c)(1)(i) of this section, transmitters operating in the 
2400-2483.5 MHz band that emit multiple directional beams, 
simultaneously or sequentially, for the purpose of directing signals to 
individual receivers or to groups of receivers provided the emissions 
comply with the following:
    (i) Different information must be transmitted to each receiver.
    (ii) If the transmitter employs an antenna system that emits 
multiple directional beams but does not do emit multiple directional 
beams simultaneously, the total output power conducted to the array or 
arrays that comprise the device, i.e., the sum of the power supplied to 
all antennas, antenna elements, staves, etc. and summed across all 
carriers or frequency channels, shall not exceed the limit specified in 
paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(3) of this section, as applicable. However, the 
total conducted output power shall be reduced by 1 dB below the 
specified limits for each 3 dB that the directional gain of the antenna/
antenna array exceeds 6 dBi. The directional antenna gain shall be 
computed as follows:

[[Page 824]]

    (A) The directional gain shall be calculated as the sum of 10 log 
(number of array elements or staves) plus the directional gain of the 
element or stave having the highest gain.
    (B) A lower value for the directional gain than that calculated in 
paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) of this section will be accepted if sufficient 
evidence is presented, e.g., due to shading of the array or coherence 
loss in the beamforming.
    (iii) If a transmitter employs an antenna that operates 
simultaneously on multiple directional beams using the same or different 
frequency channels, the power supplied to each emission beam is subject 
to the power limit specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section. If 
transmitted beams overlap, the power shall be reduced to ensure that 
their aggregate power does not exceed the limit specified in paragraph 
(c)(2)(ii) of this section. In addition, the aggregate power transmitted 
simultaneously on all beams shall not exceed the limit specified in 
paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section by more than 8 dB.
    (iv) Transmitters that emit a single directional beam shall operate 
under the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
    (d) In any 100 kHz bandwidth outside the frequency band in which the 
spread spectrum or digitally modulated intentional radiator is 
operating, the radio frequency power that is produced by the intentional 
radiator shall be at least 20 dB below that in the 100 kHz bandwidth 
within the band that contains the highest level of the desired power, 
based on either an RF conducted or a radiated measurement, provided the 
transmitter demonstrates compliance with the peak conducted power 
limits. If the transmitter complies with the conducted power limits 
based on the use of RMS averaging over a time interval, as permitted 
under paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the attenuation required under 
this paragraph shall be 30 dB instead of 20 dB. Attenuation below the 
general limits specified in Sec. 15.209(a) is not required. In 
addition, radiated emissions which fall in the restricted bands, as 
defined in Sec. 15.205(a), must also comply with the radiated emission 
limits specified in Sec. 15.209(a) (see Sec. 15.205(c)).
    (e) For digitally modulated systems, the power spectral density 
conducted from the intentional radiator to the antenna shall not be 
greater than 8 dBm in any 3 kHz band during any time interval of 
continuous transmission. This power spectral density shall be determined 
in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section. The 
same method of determining the conducted output power shall be used to 
determine the power spectral density.
    (i) Systems operating under the provisions of this section shall be 
operated in a manner that ensures that the public is not exposed to 
radio frequency energy levels in excess of the Commission's guidelines. 
See Sec. 1.1307(b)(1) of this chapter.



Sec. 15.249  Operation within the bands 902-928 MHz, 2400-2483.5 MHz, 
5725-5875 MHZ, and 24.0-24.25 GHz.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the field 
strength of emissions from intentional radiators operated within these 
frequency bands shall comply with the following:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Field         Field
                                               strength of   strength of
            Fundamental frequency              fundamental    harmonics
                                              (millivolts/  (microvolts/
                                                 meter)        meter)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
902-928 MHz.................................            50           500
2400-2483.5 MHz.............................            50           500
5725-5875 MHz...............................            50           500
24.0-24.25 GHz..............................           250          2500
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Fixed, point-to-point operation as referred to in this paragraph 
shall be limited to systems employing a fixed transmitter transmitting 
to a fixed remote location. Point-to-multipoint systems, omnidirectional 
applications, and multiple co-located intentional radiators transmitting 
the same information are not allowed. Fixed, point-to-point operation is 
permitted in the 24.05-24.25 GHz band subject to the following 
conditions:
    (1) The field strength of emissions in this band shall not exceed 
2500 millivolts/meter.
    (2) The frequency tolerance of the carrier signal shall be 
maintained within 0.001% of the operating 
frequency over a temperature variation of -20 degrees to +50 degrees C 
at normal supply voltage, and for a variation in the primary supply 
voltage from 85% to 115% of the rated supply voltage at a temperature of 
20 degrees C. For battery operated equipment, the equipment tests shall 
be performed using a new battery.
    (3) Antenna gain must be at least 33 dBi. Alternatively, the main 
lobe beamwidth must not exceed 3.5 degrees. The beamwidth limit shall 
apply to both the azimuth and elevation planes. At antenna gains over 33 
dBi or beamwidths narrower than 3.5 degrees, power must be reduced to 
ensure that the field strength does not exceed 2500 millivolts/meter.
    (c) Field strength limits are specified at a distance of 3 meters.

[[Page 825]]

    (d) Emissions radiated outside of the specified frequency bands, 
except for harmonics, shall be attenuated by at least 50 dB below the 
level of the fundamental or to the general radiated emission limits in 
Sec. 15.209, whichever is the lesser attenuation.
    (e) As shown in Sec. 15.35(b), for frequencies above 1000 MHz, the 
field strength limits in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section are 
based on average limits. However, the peak field strength of any 
emission shall not exceed the maximum permitted average limits specified 
above by more than 20 dB under any condition of modulation. For point-
to-point operation under paragraph (b) of this section, the peak field 
strength shall not exceed 2500 millivolts/meter at 3 meters along the 
antenna azimuth.
    (f) Parties considering the manufacture, importation, marketing or 
operation of equipment under this section should also note the 
requirement in Sec. 15.37(d).

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 25095, June 20, 1990; 
67 FR 1625, Jan. 14, 2002]



Sec. 15.251  Operation within the bands 2.9-3.26 GHz, 3.267-3.332 GHz, 
3.339-3.3458 GHz, and 3.358-3.6 GHz.

    (a) Operation under the provisions of this section is limited to 
automatic vehicle identification systems (AVIS) which use swept 
frequency techniques for the purpose of automatically identifying 
transportation vehicles.
    (b) The field strength anywhere within the frequency range swept by 
the signal shall not exceed 3000 microvolts/meter/MHz at 3 meters in any 
direction. Further, an AVIS, when in its operating position, shall not 
produce a field strength greater than 400 microvolts/meter/MHz at 3 
meters in any direction within 10 degrees of the 
horizontal plane. In addition to the provisions of Sec. 15.205, the 
field strength of radiated emissions outside the frequency range swept 
by the signal shall be limited to a maximum of 100 microvolts/meter/MHz 
at 3 meters, measured from 30 MHz to 20 GHz for the complete system. The 
emission limits in this paragraph are based on measurement 
instrumentation employing an average detector. The provisions in Sec. 
15.35 for limiting peak emissions apply.
    (c) The minimum sweep repetition rate of the signal shall not be 
lower than 4000 sweeps per second, and the maximum sweep repetition rate 
of the signal shall not exceed 50,000 sweeps per second.
    (d) An AVIS shall employ a horn antenna or other comparable 
directional antenna for signal emission.
    (e) Provision shall be made so that signal emission from the AVIS 
shall occur only when the vehicle to be identified is within the 
radiated field of the system.
    (f) In addition to the labelling requirements in Sec. 15.19(a), the 
label attached to the AVIS transmitter shall contain a third statement 
regarding operational conditions, as follows:

    * * * and, (3) during use this device (the antenna) may not be 
pointed within ** degrees of the horizontal plane.


The double asterisks in condition three (**) shall be replaced by the 
responsible party with the angular pointing restriction necessary to 
meet the horizontal emission limit specified in paragraph (b).
    (g) In addition to the information required in subpart J of part 2, 
the application for certification shall contain:
    (1) Measurements of field strength per MHz along with the 
intermediate frequency of the spectrum analyzer or equivalent measuring 
receiver;
    (2) The angular separation between the direction at which maximum 
field strength occurs and the direction at which the field strength is 
reduced to 400 microvolts/meter/MHz at 3 meters;
    (3) A photograph of the spectrum analyzer display showing the entire 
swept frequency signal and a calibrated scale for the vertical and 
horizontal axes; the spectrum analyzer settings that were used shall be 
labelled on the photograph; and,
    (4) The results of the frequency search for spurious and sideband 
emissions from 30 MHz to 20 GHz, exclusive of the swept frequency band, 
with the measuring instrument as close as possible to the unit under 
test.

[54 FR 17714, Apr. 25, 1989; 54 FR 32340, Aug. 7, 1989]

[[Page 826]]



Sec. 15.253  Operation within the bands 46.7-46.9 GHz and 76.0-77.0 GHz.

    (a) Operation within the bands 46.7-46.9 GHz and 76.0-77.0 GHz is 
restricted to vehicle-mounted field disturbance sensors used as vehicle 
radar systems. The transmission of additional information, such as data, 
is permitted provided the primary mode of operation is as a vehicle-
mounted field disturbance sensor. Operation under the provisions of this 
section is not permitted on aircraft or satellites.
    (b) The radiated emission limits within the bands 46.7-46.9 GHz and 
76.0-77.0 GHz are as follows:
    (1) If the vehicle is not in motion, the power density of any 
emission within the bands specified in this section shall not exceed 200 
nW/cm \2\ at a distance of 3 meters from the exterior surface of the 
radiating structure.
    (2) For forward-looking vehicle-mounted field disturbance sensors, 
if the vehicle is in motion the power density of any emission within the 
bands specified in this section shall not exceed 60 [mu]W/cm \2\ at a 
distance of 3 meters from the exterior surface of the radiating 
structure.
    (3) For side-looking or rear-looking vehicle-mounted field 
disturbance sensors, if the vehicle is in motion the power density of 
any emission within the bands specified in this section shall not exceed 
30 [mu]W/cm \2\ at a distance of 3 meters from the exterior surface of 
the radiating structure.
    (c) The power density of any emissions outside the operating band 
shall consist solely of spurious emissions and shall not exceed the 
following:
    (1) Radiated emissions below 40 GHz shall not exceed the general 
limits in Sec. 15.209.
    (2) Radiated emissions outside the operating band and between 40 GHz 
and 200 GHz shall not exceed the following:
    (i) For vehicle-mounted field disturbance sensors operating in the 
band 46.7-46.9 GHz: 2 pW/cm\2\ at a distance of 3 meters from the 
exterior surface of the radiating structure.
    (ii) For forward-looking vehicle-mounted field disturbance sensors 
operating in the band 76-77 GHz: 600 pW/cm\2\ at a distance of 3 meters 
from the exterior surface of the radiating structure.
    (iii) For side-looking or rear-looking vehicle-mounted field 
disturbance sensors operating in the band 76-77 GHz: 300 pW/cm\2\ at a 
distance of 3 meters from the exterior surface of the radiating 
structure.
    (3) For radiated emissions above 200 GHz from field disturbance 
sensors operating in the 76-77 GHz band: the power density of any 
emission shall not exceed 1000 pW/cm\2\ at a distance of 3 meters from 
the exterior surface of the radiating structure.
    (4) For field disturbance sensors operating in the 76-77 GHz band, 
the spectrum shall be investigated up to 231 GHz.
    (d) The provisions in Sec. 15.35 limiting peak emissions apply.
    (e) Fundamental emissions must be contained within the frequency 
bands specified in this section during all conditions of operation. 
Equipment is presumed to operate over the temperature range -20 to +50 
degrees celsius with an input voltage variation of 85% to 115% of rated 
input voltage, unless justification is presented to demonstrate 
otherwise.
    (f) Regardless of the power density levels permitted under this 
section, devices operating under the provisions of this section are 
subject to the radiofrequency radiation exposure requirements specified 
in Sec. Sec. 1.1307(b), 2.1091 and 2.1093 of this chapter, as 
appropriate. Applications for equipment authorization of devices 
operating under this section must contain a statement confirming 
compliance with these requirements for both fundamental emissions and 
unwanted emissions. Technical information showing the basis for this 
statement must be submitted to the Commission upon request.

[61 FR 14503, Apr. 2, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 41018, Aug. 7, 1996; 63 
FR 42279, Aug. 7, 1998]



Sec. 15.255  Operation within the band 57-64 GHz.

    (a) Operation under the provisions of this section is not permitted 
for the following products:
    (1) Equipment used on aircraft or satellites.
    (2) Field disturbance sensors, including vehicle radar systems, 
unless the field disturbance sensors are employed

[[Page 827]]

for fixed operation. For the purposes of this section, the reference to 
fixed operation includes field disturbance sensors installed in fixed 
equipment, even if the sensor itself moves within the equipment.
    (b) Within the 57-64 GHz band, emission levels shall not exceed the 
following:
    (1) For products other than fixed field disturbance sensors, the 
average power density of any emission, measured during the transmit 
interval, shall not exceed 9 [mu]W/cm\2\, as measured 3 meters from the 
radiating structure, and the peak power density of any emission shall 
not exceed 18 [mu]W/cm\2\, as measured 3 meters from the radiating 
structure.
    (2) For fixed field disturbance sensors that occupy 500 MHz or less 
of bandwidth and that are contained wholly within the frequency band 
61.0-61.5 GHz, the average power density of any emission, measured 
during the transmit interval, shall not exceed 9 [mu]W/cm\2\, as 
measured 3 meters from the radiating structure, and the peak power 
density of any emission shall not exceed 18 [mu]W/cm\2\, as measured 3 
meters from the radiating structure. In addition, the average power 
density of any emission outside of the 61-61.5 GHz band, measured during 
the transmit interval, but still within the 57-64 GHz band, shall not 
exceed 9 nW/cm\2\, as measured 3 meters from the radiating structure, 
and the peak power density of any emission shall not exceed 18 nW/cm\2\, 
as measured three meters from the radiating structure.
    (3) For fixed field disturbance sensors other than those operating 
under the provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the peak 
transmitter output power shall not exceed 0.1 mW and the peak power 
density shall not exceed 9 nW/cm\2\ at a distance of 3 meters.
    (4) Peak power density shall be measured with an RF detector that 
has a detection bandwidth that encompasses the 57-64 GHz band and has a 
video bandwidth of at least 10 MHz, or using an equivalent measurement 
method.
    (5) The average emission levels shall be calculated, based on the 
measured peak levels, over the actual time period during which 
transmission occurs.
    (c) Limits on spurious emissions:
    (1) The power density of any emissions outside the 57-64 GHz band 
shall consist solely of spurious emissions.
    (2) Radiated emissions below 40 GHz shall not exceed the general 
limits in Sec. 15.209.
    (3) Between 40 GHz and 200 GHz, the level of these emissions shall 
not exceed 90 pW/cm\2\ at a distance of 3 meters.
    (4) The levels of the spurious emissions shall not exceed the level 
of the fundamental emission.
    (d) Only spurious emissions and transmissions related to a publicly-
accessible coordination channel, whose purpose is to coordinate 
operation between diverse transmitters with a view towards reducing the 
probability of interference throughout the 57-64 GHz band, are permitted 
in the 57-57.05 GHz band.

    Note to paragraph (d):
    The 57-57.05 GHz is reserved exclusively for a publicly-accessible 
coordination channel. The development of standards for this channel 
shall be performed pursuant to authorizations issued under part 5 of 
this chapter.

    (e) Except as specified elsewhere in this paragraph (e), the total 
peak transmitter output power shall not exceed 500 mW.
    (1) Transmitters with an emission bandwidth of less than 100 MHz 
must limit their peak transmitter output power to the product of 500 mW 
times their emission bandwidth divided by 100 MHz. For the purposes of 
this paragraph (e)(1), emission bandwidth is defined as the 
instantaneous frequency range occupied by a steady state radiated signal 
with modulation, outside which the radiated power spectral density never 
exceeds 6 dB below the maximum radiated power spectral density in the 
band, as measured with a 100 kHz resolution bandwidth spectrum analyzer. 
The center frequency must be stationary during the measurement interval, 
even if not stationary during normal operation (e.g. for frequency 
hopping devices).
    (2) Peak transmitter output power shall be measured with an RF 
detector that has a detection bandwidth that encompasses the 57-64 GHz 
band and that has a video bandwidth of at least 10 MHz, or using an 
equivalent measurement method.

[[Page 828]]

    (3) For purposes of demonstrating compliance with this paragraph 
(e), corrections to the transmitter output power may be made due to the 
antenna and circuit loss.
    (f) Fundamental emissions must be contained within the frequency 
bands specified in this section during all conditions of operation. 
Equipment is presumed to operate over the temperature range -20 to +50 
degrees celsius with an input voltage variation of 85% to 115% of rated 
input voltage, unless justification is presented to demonstrate 
otherwise.
    (g) Regardless of the power density levels permitted under this 
section, devices operating under the provisions of this section are 
subject to the radiofrequency radiation exposure requirements specified 
in Sec. Sec. 1.1307(b), 2.1091 and 2.1093 of this chapter, as 
appropriate. Applications for equipment authorization of devices 
operating under this section must contain a statement confirming 
compliance with these requirements for both fundamental emissions and 
unwanted emissions. Technical information showing the basis for this 
statement must be submitted to the Commission upon request.
    (h) Any transmitter that has received the necessary FCC equipment 
authorization under the rules of this chapter may be mounted in a group 
installation for simultaneous operation with one or more other 
transmitter(s) that have received the necessary FCC equipment 
authorization, without any additional equipment authorization. However, 
no transmitter operating under the provisions of this section may be 
equipped with external phase-locking inputs that permit beam-forming 
arrays to be realized.
    (i) For all transmissions that emanate from inside of a building, 
within any one second interval of signal transmission, each transmitter 
with a peak output power equal to or greater than 0.1 mW or a peak power 
density equal to or greater than 3 nW/cm\2\, as measured 3 meters from 
the radiating structure, must transmit a transmitter identification at 
least once. Each application for equipment authorization for equipment 
that will be used inside of a building must declare that the equipment 
contains the required transmitter identification feature and must 
specify a method whereby interested parties can obtain sufficient 
information, at no cost, to enable them to fully detect and decode this 
transmitter identification information. Upon the completion of decoding, 
the transmitter identification data block must provide the following 
fields:
    (1) FCC Identifier, which shall be programmed at the factory.
    (2) Manufacturer's serial number, which shall be programmed at the 
factory.
    (3) Provision for at least 24 bytes of data relevant to the specific 
device, which shall be field programmable. The grantee must implement a 
method that makes it possible for users to specify and update this data. 
The recommended content of this field is information to assist in 
contacting the operator.

[63 FR 42279, Aug. 7, 1998, as amended at 66 FR 7409, Jan. 23, 2001; 68 
FR 68547, Dec. 9, 2003]



Sec. 15.257  Operation within the band 92-95 GHz.

    (a) Operation of devices under the provisions of this section is 
limited to indoor use;
    (1) Devices operating under the provisions of this section, by the 
nature of their design, must be capable of operation only indoors. The 
necessity to operate with a fixed indoor infrastructure, e.g., a 
transmitter that must be connected to the AC power lines, may be 
considered sufficient to demonstrate this.
    (2) The use of outdoor mounted antennas, e.g., antennas mounted on 
the outside of a building or on a telephone pole, or any other outdoors 
infrastructure is prohibited.
    (3) The emissions from equipment operated under this section shall 
not be intentionally directed outside of the building in which the 
equipment is located, such as through a window or a doorway.
    (4) Devices operating under the provisions of this section shall 
bear the following or similar statement in a conspicuous location on the 
device or in the instruction manual supplied with the device: ``This 
equipment may only

[[Page 829]]

be operated indoors. Operation outdoors is in violation of 47 U.S.C. 301 
and could subject the operator to serious legal penalties.''
    (b) Operation under the provisions of this section is not permitted 
on aircraft or satellites.
    (c) Within the 92-95 GHz bands, the emission levels shall not exceed 
the following:
    (1) The average power density of any emission, measured during the 
transmit interval, shall not exceed 9 uW/sq. cm, as measured at 3 meters 
from the radiating structure, and the peak power density of any emission 
shall not exceed 18 uW/sq. cm, as measured 3 meters from the radiating 
structure.
    (2) Peak power density shall be measured with an RF detector that 
has a detection bandwidth that encompasses the band being used and has a 
video bandwidth of at least 10 MHz, or uses an equivalent measurement 
method.
    (3) The average emission limits shall be calculated based on the 
measured peak levels, over the actual time period during which 
transmission occurs.
    (d) Limits on spurious emissions:
    (1) The power density of any emissions outside the band being used 
shall consist solely of spurious emissions.
    (2) Radiated emissions below 40 GHz shall not exceed the general 
limits in Sec. 15.209.
    (3) Between 40 GHz and 200 GHz, the level of these emissions shall 
not exceed 90 pW/cm \2\ at a distance of 3 meters.
    (4) The levels of the spurious emissions shall not exceed the level 
of the fundamental emission.
    (e) The total peak transmitter output power shall not exceed 500 mW.
    (f) Fundamental emissions must be contained within the frequency 
bands specified in this section during all conditions of operation. 
Equipment is presumed to operate over the temperature range -20 to +50 
degrees Celsius with an input voltage variation of 85% to 115% of rated 
input voltage, unless justification is presented to demonstrate 
otherwise.
    (g) Regardless of the maximum EIRP and maximum power density levels 
permitted under this section, devices operating under the provisions of 
this section are subject to the radiofrequency radiation exposure 
requirements specified in 47 CFR 1.1307(b), 2.1091, and 2.1093, as 
appropriate. Applications for equipment authorization of devices 
operating under this section must contain a statement confirming 
compliance with these requirements for both fundamental emissions and 
unwanted emissions. Technical information showing the basis for this 
statement must be submitted to the Commission upon request.
    (h) Any transmitter that has received the necessary FCC equipment 
authorization under the rules of this chapter may be mounted in a group 
installation for simultaneous operation with one or more other 
transmitter(s) that have received the necessary FCC equipment 
authorization, without any additional equipment authorization. However, 
no transmitter operating under the provisions of this section may be 
equipped with external phase-locking inputs that permit beam-forming 
arrays to be realized.

[69 FR 3265, Jan. 23, 2004]



      Subpart D_Unlicensed Personal Communications Service Devices

    Source: 58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 15.301  Scope.

    This subpart sets out the regulations for unlicensed personal 
communications services (PCS) devices operating in the 1910-1930 MHz and 
2390-2400 MHz frequency bands.

[60 FR 13073, Mar. 10, 1995]



Sec. 15.303  Definitions.

    (a) Asynchronous devices. Devices that transmit RF energy at 
irregular time intervals, as typified by local area network data 
systems.
    (b) Coordinatable PCS device. PCS devices whose geographical area of 
operation is sufficiently controlled either by necessity of operation 
with a fixed infrastructure or by disabling mechanisms to allow adequate 
coordination of their locations relative to incumbent fixed microwave 
facilities.
    (c) Emission bandwidth. For purposes of this subpart the emission 
bandwidth shall be determined by measuring the

[[Page 830]]

width of the signal between two points, one below the carrier center 
frequency and one above the carrier center frequency, that are 26 dB 
down relative to the maximum level of the modulated carrier. Compliance 
with the emissions limits is based on the use of measurement 
instrumentation employing a peak detector function with an instrument 
resolutions bandwidth approximately equal to 1.0 percent of the emission 
bandwidth of the device under measurement.
    (d) Isochronous devices. Devices that transmit at a regular 
interval, typified by time-division voice systems.
    (e) Noncoordinatable PCS device. A PCS device that is capable of 
randomly roaming and operating in geographic areas containing incumbent 
microwave facilities such that operation of the PCS device will 
potentially cause harmful interference to the incumbent microwave 
facilities.
    (f) Peak transmit power. The peak power output as measured over an 
interval of time equal to the frame rate or transmission burst of the 
device under all conditions of modulation. Usually this parameter is 
measured as a conducted emission by direct connection of a calibrated 
test instrument to the equipment under test. If the device cannot be 
connected directly, alternative techniques acceptable to the Commission 
may be used.
    (g) Personal Communications Services (PCS) Devices [Unlicensed]. 
Intentional radiators operating in the frequency bands 1910-1930 MHz and 
2390-2400 MHz that provide a wide array of mobile and ancillary fixed 
communication services to individuals and businesses.
    (h) Spectrum window. An amount of spectrum equal to the intended 
emission bandwidth in which operation is desired.
    (i) Sub-band. For purposes of this subpart the term sub-band refers 
to the spectrum allocated for isochronous or asynchronous transmission.
    (j) Thermal noise power. The noise power in watts defined by the 
formula N=kTB where N is the noise power in watts, K is Boltzmann's 
constant, T is the absolute temperature in degrees Kelvin (e.g., 295 
[deg]K) and B is the emission bandwidth of the device in hertz.
    (k) Time window. An interval of time in which transmission is 
desired.

[58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 32852, June 24, 1994; 60 
FR 13073, Mar. 10, 1995]



Sec. 15.305  Equipment authorization requirement.

    PCS devices operating under this subpart shall be certified by the 
Commission under the procedures in subpart J of part 2 of this chapter 
before marketing. The application for certification must contain 
sufficient information to demonstrate compliance with the requirements 
of this subpart.



Sec. 15.307  Coordination with fixed microwave service.

    (a) UTAM, Inc. is designated to coordinate and manage the transition 
of the 1910-1930 MHz band from the Private Operational-Fixed Microwave 
Service (OFS) operating under part 101 of this chapter to unlicensed PCS 
operations,
    (b) Each application for certification of equipment operating under 
the provisions of this subpart must be accompanied by an affidavit from 
UTAM, Inc. certifying that the applicant is a participating member of 
UTAM, Inc. In the event a grantee fails to fulfill the obligations 
attendant to participation in UTAM, Inc., the Commission may invoke 
administrative sanctions as necessary to preclude continued marketing 
and installation of devices covered by the grant of certification, 
including but not limited to revoking certification.
    (c) An application for certification of a PCS device that is deemed 
by UTAM, Inc. to be noncoordinatable will not be accepted until the 
Commission announces that a need for coordination no longer exists.
    (d) A coordinatable PCS device is required to incorporate means that 
ensure that it cannot be activated until its location has been 
coordinated by UTAM, Inc. The application for certification shall 
contain an explanation of all measures taken to prevent unauthorized 
operation. This explanation shall include all procedural safeguards, 
such as the mandatory use of licensed technicians to install the 
equipment,

[[Page 831]]

and a complete description of all technical features controlling 
activation of the device.
    (e) A coordinatable PCS device shall incorporate an automatic 
mechanism for disabling operation in the event it is moved outside the 
geographic area where its operation has been coordinated by UTAM, Inc. 
The application for certification shall contain a full description of 
the safeguards against unauthorized relocation and must satisfy the 
Commission that the safeguards cannot be easily defeated.
    (f) At such time as the Commission deems that the need for 
coordination between unlicensed PCS operations and existing Part 101 
Private Operational-Fixed Microwave Services ceases to exist, the 
disabling mechanism required by paragraph (e) of this section will no 
longer be required.
    (g) Operations under the provisions of this subpart are required to 
protect systems in the Private Operational-Fixed Microwave Service 
operating within the 1850-1990 MHz band until the dates and conditions 
specified in Sec. Sec. 101.69 through 101.73 of this chapter for 
termination of primary status. Interference protection is not required 
for part 101 stations in this band licensed on a secondary basis.
    (h) The operator of a PCS device that is relocated from the 
coordinated area specified by UTAM, Inc., must cease operating the 
device until coordination for the new location is verified by UTAM, Inc.

[58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 32852, June 24, 1994; 60 
FR 27425, May 24, 1995; 61 FR 29689, June 12, 1996]



Sec. 15.309  Cross reference.

    (a) The provisions of subpart A of this part apply to unlicensed PCS 
devices, except where specific provisions are contained in subpart D.
    (b) The requirements of subpart D apply only to the radio 
transmitter contained in the PCS device. Other aspects of the operation 
of a PCS device may be subject to requirements contained elsewhere in 
this chapter. In particular, a PCS device that includes digital 
circuitry not directly associated with the radio transmitter also is 
subject to the requirements for unintentional radiators in subpart B.



Sec. 15.311  Labelling requirements.

    In addition to the labelling requirements of Sec. 15.19(a)(3), all 
devices operating in the frequency band 1910-1930 MHz authorized under 
this subpart must bear a prominently located label with the following 
statement:

    Installation of this equipment is subject to notification and 
coordination with UTAM, Inc. Any relocation of this equipment must be 
coordinated through, and approved by UTAM. UTAM may be contacted at 
[insert UTAM's toll-free number].

[60 FR 13073, Mar. 10, 1995]



Sec. 15.313  Measurement procedures.

    Measurements must be made in accordance with subpart A, except where 
specific procedures are specified in subpart D. If no guidance is 
provided, the measurement procedure must be in accordance with good 
engineering practice.



Sec. 15.315  Conducted limits.

    An unlicensed PCS device that is designed to be connected to the 
public utility (AC) power line must meet the limits specified in Sec. 
15.207.



Sec. 15.317  Antenna requirement.

    An unlicensed PCS device must meet the antenna requirement of Sec. 
15.203.



Sec. 15.319  General technical requirements.

    (a) The 1910-1920 MHz and 2390-2400 MHz bands are limited to use by 
asynchronous devices under the requirements of Sec. 15.321. The 1920-
1930 MHz sub-band is limited to use by isochronous devices under the 
requirements of Sec. 15.323.
    (b) All transmissions must use only digital modulation techniques.
    (c) Peak transmit power shall not exceed 100 microwatts multiplied 
by the square root of the emission bandwidth in hertz. Peak transmit 
power must be measured over any interval of continuous transmission 
using instrumentation calibrated in terms of an rms-equivalent voltage. 
The measurement results shall be properly adjusted for

[[Page 832]]

any instrument limitations, such as detector response times, limited 
resolution bandwidth capability when compared to the emission bandwidth, 
sensitivity, etc., so as to obtain a true peak measurement for the 
emission in question over the full bandwidth of the channel.
    (d) Power spectral density shall not exceed 3 milliwatts in any 3 
kHz bandwidth as measured with a spectrum analyzer having a resolution 
bandwidth of 3 kHz.
    (e) The peak transmit power shall be reduced by the amount in 
decibels that the maximum directional gain of the antenna exceeds 3 dBi.
    (f) The device shall automatically discontinue transmission in case 
of either absence of information to transmit or operational failure. The 
provisions in this section are not intended to preclude transmission of 
control and signaling information or use of repetitive codes used by 
certain digital technologies to complete frame or burst intervals.
    (g) Notwithstanding other technical requirements specified in this 
subpart, attenuation of emissions below the general emission limits in 
Sec. 15.209 is not required.
    (h) Where there is a transition between limits, the tighter limit 
shall apply at the transition point.
    (i) Unlicensed PCS devices are subject to the radiofrequency 
radiation exposure requirements specified in Sec. Sec. 1.1307(b), 
2.1091 and 2.1093 of this chapter, as appropriate. All equipment shall 
be considered to operate in a ``general population/uncontrolled'' 
environment. Applications for equipment authorization of devices 
operating under this section must contain a statement confirming 
compliance with these requirements for both fundamental emissions and 
unwanted emissions. Technical information showing the basis for this 
statement must be submitted to the Commission upon request.

[58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 32852, June 24, 1994; 59 
FR 40835, Aug. 10, 1994; 60 FR 13073, Mar. 10, 1995; 61 FR 41018, Aug. 
7, 1996]



Sec. 15.321  Specific requirements for asynchronous devices operating 
in the 1910-1920 MHz and 2390-2400 MHz bands.

    (a) Operation shall be contained within either or both of the 1910-
1920 MHz and 2390-2400 MHz bands. The emission bandwidth of any 
intentional radiator operating in these bands shall be no less than 500 
kHz.
    (b) All systems of less than 2.5 MHz emission bandwidth shall start 
searching for an available spectrum window within 3 MHz of the band edge 
at 1910, 1920, 2390, or 2400 MHz while systems of more than 2.5 MHz 
emission bandwidth will first occupy the center half of the band. 
Devices with an emission bandwidth of less than 1.0 MHz may not occupy 
the center half of the band if other spectrum is available.
    (c) Asynchronous devices must incorporate a mechanism for monitoring 
the spectrum that its transmission is intended to occupy. The following 
criteria must be met:
    (1) Immediately prior to initiating a transmission, devices must 
monitor the spectrum window they intend to use for at least 50 
microseconds.
    (2) The monitoring threshold must not be more than 32 dB above the 
thermal noise power for a bandwidth equivalent to the emission bandwidth 
of the device.
    (3) If no signal above the threshold level is detected, a 
transmission burst may commence in the monitored spectrum window. Once a 
transmission burst has started, an individual device or a group of 
cooperative devices is not required to monitor the spectrum window 
provided the intraburst gap timing requirement specified below is not 
exceeded.
    (4) After completion of a transmission, an individual device or 
cooperating group of devices must cease transmission and wait a 
deference time randomly chosen from a uniform random distribution 
ranging from 50 to 750 microseconds, after which time an attempt to 
access the band again may be initiated. For each occasion that an access 
attempt fails after the initial inter-burst interval, the range of the 
deference time chosen shall double until an upper limit of 12 
milliseconds is reached. The deference time remains

[[Page 833]]

at the upper limit of 12 milliseconds until an access attempt is 
successful. The deference time is re-initialized after each successful 
access attempt.
    (5) The monitoring system bandwidth must be equal to or greater than 
the emission bandwidth of the intended transmission and shall have a 
maximum reaction time less than 50xSQRT(1.25/emission bandwidth in MHz) 
microseconds for signals at the applicable threshold level but shall not 
be required to be less than 50 microseconds. If a signal is detected 
that is 6 dB or more above the threshold level, the maximum reaction 
time shall be 35xSQRT(1.25/emission bandwidth in MHz) microseconds but 
shall not be required to be less than 35 microseconds.
    (6) The monitoring system shall use the same antenna used for 
transmission, or an antenna that yields equivalent reception at that 
location.
    (7) Devices that have a power output lower than the maximum 
permitted under the rules may increase their detection threshold by one 
decibel for each one decibel that the transmitter power is below the 
maximum permitted.
    (d) Emissions shall be attenuated below a reference power of 112 
milliwatts as follows: 30 dB between the sub-band edges and 1.25 MHz 
above or below the sub-band; 50 dB between 1.25 and 2.5 MHz above or 
below the sub-band; and 60 dB at 2.5 MHz or greater above or below the 
sub-band. Compliance with the emissions limits is based on the use of 
measurement instrumentation employing a peak detector function with an 
instrument resolution bandwidth approximately equal to 1.0 percent of 
the emission bandwidth of the device under measurement.
    (e) The frequency stability of the carrier frequency of intentional 
radiators operating in accordance with this section shall be 10 ppm over 10 milliseconds or the interval between 
channel access monitoring, whichever is shorter. The frequency stability 
shall be maintained over a temperature variation of -20[deg] to +50 
[deg]Celsius at normal supply voltage, and over a variation in the 
primary supply voltage of 85 percent to 115 percent of the rated supply 
voltage at a temperature of 20 degrees Celsius. For equipment that is 
capable of operating only from a battery, the frequency stability tests 
shall be performed using a new battery without any further requirement 
to vary supply voltage.
    (f) An asynchronous transmission burst is a series of transmissions 
from one or more transmitters acting cooperatively. The transmission 
burst duration from one device or group of devices acting cooperatively 
shall be no greater than 10 milliseconds. Any intraburst gap between 
cooperating devices shall not exceed 25 microseconds.
    (g) Operation of devices in the 2390-2400 MHz band from aircraft 
while airborne is prohibited, in order to protect space research 
operations at the National Astronomy and Ionospheric Center at Arecibo, 
Puerto Rico.

[58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993; 59 FR 15269, Mar. 31, 1994. Redesignated at 
59 FR 32852, June 24, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 32853, June 24, 1994; 59 
FR 40835, Aug. 10, 1994; 60 FR 13073, Mar. 10, 1995; 61 FR 55926, Oct. 
30, 1996]



Sec. 15.323  Specific requirements for isochronous devices operating in 
the 1920-1930 MHz sub-band.

    (a) Operation shall be contained within one of eight 1.25 MHz 
channels starting with 1920-1921.25 MHz and ending with 1928.75-1930 
MHz. Further sub-division of a 1.25 MHz channel is permitted with a 
reduced power level, as specified in Sec. 15.319(c), but in no event 
shall the emission bandwidth be less than 50 kHz.
    (b) Intentional radiators with an intended emission bandwidth less 
than 625 kHz shall start searching for an available time and spectrum 
window within 3 MHz of the sub-band edge at 1920 MHz and search upward 
from that point. Devices with an intended emission bandwidth greater 
than 625 kHz shall start searching for an available time and spectrum 
window within 3 MHz of the sub-band edge at 1930 MHz and search downward 
from that point.
    (c) Isochronous devices must incorporate a mechanism for monitoring 
the time and spectrum windows that its transmission is intended to 
occupy. The following criteria must be met:
    (1) Immediately prior to initiating transmission, devices must 
monitor

[[Page 834]]

the combined time and spectrum windows in which they intend to transmit 
for a period of at least 10 milliseconds for systems designed to use a 
10 milliseconds or shorter frame period or at least 20 milliseconds for 
systems designed to use a 20 milliseconds frame period.
    (2) The monitoring threshold must not be more than 30 dB above the 
thermal noise power for a bandwidth equivalent to the emission bandwidth 
used by the device.
    (3) If no signal above the threshold level is detected, transmission 
may commence and continue with the same emission bandwidth in the 
monitored time and spectrum windows without further monitoring. However, 
occupation of the same combined time and spectrum windows by a device or 
group of cooperating devices continuously over a period of time longer 
than 8 hours is not permitted without repeating the access criteria.
    (4) Once access to specific combined time and spectrum windows is 
obtained an acknowledgment from a system participant must be received by 
the initiating transmitter within one second or transmission must cease. 
Periodic acknowledgments must be received at least every 30 seconds or 
transmission must cease. Channels used exclusively for control and 
signaling information may transmit continuously for 30 seconds without 
receiving an acknowledgment, at which time the access criteria must be 
repeated.
    (5) If access to spectrum is not available as determined by the 
above, and a minimum of 40 duplex system access channels are defined for 
the system, the time and spectrum windows with the lowest power level 
below a monitoring threshold of 50 dB above the thermal noise power 
determined for the emission bandwidth may be accessed. A device 
utilizing the provisions of this paragraph must have monitored all 
access channels defined for its system within the last 10 seconds and 
must verify, within the 20 milliseconds (40 milliseconds for devices 
designed to use a 20 milliseconds frame period) immediately preceding 
actual channel access that the detected power of the selected time and 
spectrum windows is no higher than the previously detected value. The 
power measurement resolution for this comparsion must be accurate to 
within 6 dB. No device or group of cooperating devices located within 1 
meter of each other shall occupy more than three 1.25 MHz channels 
during any frame period. Devices in an operational state that are 
utilizing the provisions of this section are not required to use the 
search provisions of paragraph (b) of this section.
    (6) If the selected combined time and spectrum windows are 
unavailable, the device may either monitor and select different windows 
or seek to use the same windows after waiting an amount of time, 
randomly chosen from a uniform random distribution between 10 and 150 
milliseconds, commencing when the channel becomes available.
    (7) The monitoring system bandwidth must be equal to or greater than 
the emission bandwidth of the intended transmission and have a maximum 
reaction time less than 50xSQRT (1.25/emission bandwidth in MHz) 
microseconds for signals at the applicable threshold level but shall not 
be required to be less than 50 microseconds. If a signal is detected 
that is 6 dB or more above the applicable threshold level, the maximum 
reaction time shall be 35xSQRT (1.25/emission bandwidth in MHz) 
microseconds but shall not be required to be less than 35 microseconds.
    (8) The monitoring system shall use the same antenna used for 
transmission, or an antenna that yields equivalent reception at that 
location.
    (9) Devices that have a power output lower than the maximum 
permitted under this subpart may increase their monitoring detection 
threshold by one decibel for each one decibel that the transmitter power 
is below the maximum permitted.
    (10) An initiating device may attempt to establish a duplex 
connection by monitoring both its intended transmit and receive time and 
spectrum windows. If both the intended transmit and receive time and 
spectrum windows meet the access criteria, then the initiating device 
can initiate a transmission in the intended transmit time and spectrum 
window. If the power detected by the responding device can be decoded as 
a duplex connection signal

[[Page 835]]

from the initiating device, then the responding device may immediately 
begin transmitting on the receive time and spectrum window monitored by 
the initiating device.
    (11) An initiating device that is prevented from monitoring during 
its intended transmit window due to monitoring system blocking from the 
transmissions of a co-located (within one meter) transmitter of the same 
system, may monitor the portions of the time and spectrum windows in 
which they intend to receive over a period of at least 10 milliseconds. 
The monitored time and spectrum window must total at least 50 percent of 
the 10 millisecond frame interval and the monitored spectrum must be 
within the 1.25 MHz frequency channel(s) already occupied by that device 
or co-located co-operating devices. If the access criteria is met for 
the intended receive time and spectrum window under the above 
conditions, then transmission in the intended transmit window by the 
initiating device may commence.
    (12) The provisions of (c)(10) or (c)(11) of this section shall not 
be used to extend the range of spectrum occupied over space or time for 
the purpose of denying fair access to spectrum to other devices.
    (d) Emissions shall be attenuated below a reference power of 112 
milliwatts as follows: 30 dB between the channel edges and 1.25 MHz 
above or below the channel; 50 dB between 1.25 and 2.5 MHz above or 
below the channel; and 60 dB at 2.5 MHz or greater above or below the 
channel. Systems that further sub-divide a 1.25 MHz channel into X sub-
channels must comply with the following emission mask: In the bands 
between 1B and 2B measured from the center of the emission bandwidth the 
total power emitted by the device shall be at least 30 dB below the 
transmit power permitted for that device; in the bands between 2B and 3B 
measured from the center of the emission bandwidth the total power 
emitted by an intentional radiator shall be at least 50 dB below the 
transmit power permitted for that radiator; in the bands between 3B and 
the 1.25 MHz channel edge the total power emitted by an intentional 
radiator in the measurement bandwidth shall be at least 60 dB below the 
transmit power permitted for that radiator. ``B'' is defined as the 
emission bandwidth of the device in hertz. Compliance with the emission 
limits is based on the use of measurement instrumentation employing a 
peak detector function with an instrument resolution bandwidth 
approximately equal to 1.0 percent of the emission bandwidth of the 
device under measurement.
    (e) The frame period (a set of consecutive time slots in which the 
position of each time slot can be identified by reference to a 
synchronizing source) of an intentional radiator operating in these sub-
bands shall be 20 milliseconds or 10 milliseconds/X where X is a 
positive whole number. Each device that implements time division for the 
purposes of maintaining a duplex connection on a given frequency carrier 
shall maintain a frame repetition rate with a frequency stability of at 
least 50 parts per million (ppm). Each device which further divides 
access in time in order to support multiple communication links on a 
given frequency carrier shall maintain a frame repetition rate with a 
frequency stability of at least 10 ppm. The jitter (time-related, 
abrupt, spurious variations in the duration of the frame interval) 
introduced at the two ends of such a communication link shall not exceed 
25 microseconds for any two consecutive transmissions. Transmissions 
shall be continuous in every time and spectrum window during the frame 
period defined for the device.
    (f) The frequency stability of the carrier frequency of the 
intentional radiator shall be maintained within 10 
ppm over 1 hour or the interval between channel access monitoring, 
whichever is shorter. The frequency stability shall be maintained over a 
temperature variation of -20[deg] to +50 [deg]C at normal supply 
voltage, and over a variation in the primary supply voltage of 85 
percent to 115 percent of the rated supply voltage at a temperature of 
20 [deg]C. For equipment that is capable only of operating from a 
battery, the frequency stability tests shall be performed using a new 
battery without

[[Page 836]]

any further requirement to vary supply voltage.

[58 FR 59180, Nov. 8, 1993; 59 FR 15269, Mar. 31, 1994. Redesignated at 
59 FR 32852, June 24, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 32853, June 24, 1994; 59 
FR 40835, Aug. 10, 1994; 59 FR 55373, Nov. 7, 1994; 60 FR 3303, Jan. 13, 
1995]



    Subpart E_Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure Devices



Sec. 15.401  Scope.

    This subpart sets out the regulations for unlicensed National 
Information Infrastructure (U-NII) devices operating in the 5.15-5.35 
GHz, 5.47-5.725 GHz and 5.725-5.825 GHz bands.

[69 FR 2686, Jan. 20, 2004]



Sec. 15.403  Definitions.

    (a) Access Point (AP). A U-NII transceiver that operates either as a 
bridge in a peer-to-peer connection or as a connector between the wired 
and wireless segments of the network.
    (b) Available Channel. A radio channel on which a Channel 
Availability Check has not identified the presence of a radar.
    (c) Average Symbol Envelope Power. The average symbol envelope power 
is the average, taken over all symbols in the signaling alphabet, of the 
envelope power for each symbol.
    (d) Channel Availability Check. A check during which the U-NII 
device listens on a particular radio channel to identify whether there 
is a radar operating on that radio channel.
    (e) Channel Move Time. The time needed by a U-NII device to cease 
all transmissions on the current channel upon detection of a radar 
signal above the DFS detection threshold.
    (f) Digital modulation. The process by which the characteristics of 
a carrier wave are varied among a set of predetermined discrete values 
in accordance with a digital modulating function as specified in 
document ANSI C63.17-1998.
    (g) Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) is a mechanism that 
dynamically detects signals from other systems and avoids co-channel 
operation with these systems, notably radar systems.
    (h) DFS Detection Threshold. The required detection level defined by 
detecting a received signal strength (RSS) that is greater than a 
threshold specified, within the U-NII device channel bandwidth.
    (i) Emission bandwidth. For purposes of this subpart the emission 
bandwidth shall be determined by measuring the width of the signal 
between two points, one below the carrier center frequency and one above 
the carrier center frequency, that are 26 dB down relative to the 
maximum level of the modulated carrier. Determination of the emissions 
bandwidth is based on the use of measurement instrumentation employing a 
peak detector function with an instrument resolution bandwidth 
approximately equal to 1.0 percent of the emission bandwidth of the 
device under measurement.
    (j) In-Service Monitoring. A mechanism to check a channel in use by 
the U-NII device for the presence of a radar.
    (k) Non-Occupancy Period. The required period in which, once a 
channel has been recognized as containing a radar signal by a U-NII 
device, the channel will not be selected as an available channel.
    (l) Operating Channel. Once a U-NII device starts to operate on an 
Available Channel then that channel becomes the Operating Channel.
    (m) Peak Power Spectral Density. The peak power spectral density is 
the maximum power spectral density, within the specified measurement 
bandwidth, within the U-NII device operating band.
    (n) Peak Transmit Power. The maximum transmit power as measured over 
an interval of time of at most 30/B (where B is the 26 dB emission 
bandwidth of the signal in hertz) or the transmission pulse duration of 
the device, whichever is less, under all conditions of modulation. The 
peak transmit power may be averaged across symbols over an interval of 
time equal to the transmission pulse duration of the device or over 
successive pulses. The averaging must include only time intervals during 
which the transmitter is operating at its maximum power and must not 
include any time intervals during which the transmitter is off or is 
transmitting at a reduced power level.

[[Page 837]]

    (o) Power Spectral Density. The power spectral density is the total 
energy output per unit bandwidth from a pulse or sequence of pulses for 
which the transmit power is at its peak or maximum level, divided by the 
total duration of the pulses. This total time does not include the time 
between pulses during which the transmit power is off or below its 
maximum level.
    (p) Pulse. A pulse is a continuous transmission of a sequence of 
modulation symbols, during which the average symbol envelope power is 
constant.
    (q) RLAN. Radio Local Area Network.
    (r) Transmit Power. The total energy transmitted over a time 
interval of at most 30/B (where B is the 26 dB emission bandwidth of the 
signal in hertz) or the duration of the transmission pulse, whichever is 
less, divided by the interval duration.
    (s) Transmit Power Control (TPC). A feature that enables a U-NII 
device to dynamically switch between several transmission power levels 
in the data transmission process.
    (t) U-NII devices. Intentional radiators operating in the frequency 
bands 5.15-5.35 GHz and 5.470-5.825 GHz that use wideband digital 
modulation techniques and provide a wide array of high data rate mobile 
and fixed communications for individuals, businesses, and institutions.

[69 FR 2687, Jan. 20, 2004]

    Effective Date Note: At 69 FR 54036, Sept. 7, 2004, Sec. 15.403 was 
amended by revising paragraph (n), removing paragraph (r), and 
redesignating paragraphs (s) and (t) as paragraphs (r) and (s), 
effective Oct. 7, 2004. For the convenience of the user, the revised 
text is set forth as follows:

Sec. 15.403  Definitions.

                                * * * * *

    (n) Maximum Conducted Output Power. The total transmit power 
delivered to all antennas and antenna elements averaged across all 
symbols in the signaling alphabet when the transmitter is operating at 
its maximum power control level. Power must be summed across all 
antennas and antenna elements. The average must not include any time 
intervals during which the transmitter is off or is transmitting at a 
reduced power level. If multiple modes of operation are possible (e.g., 
alternative modulation methods), the maximum conducted output power is 
the highest total transmit power occurring in any mode.

                                * * * * *



Sec. 15.405  Cross reference.

    (a) The provisions of subparts A, B, and C of this part apply to 
unlicensed U-NII devices, except where specific provisions are contained 
in subpart E. Manufacturers should note that this includes the 
provisions of Sec. Sec. 15.203 and 15.205.
    (b) The requirements of subpart E apply only to the radio 
transmitter contained in the U-NII device. Other aspects of the 
operation of a U-NII device may be subject to requirements contained 
elsewhere in this chapter. In particular, a U-NII device that includes 
digital circuitry not directly associated with the radio transmitter 
also is subject to the requirements for unintentional radiators in 
subpart B.

[63 FR 40835, July 31, 1998]



Sec. 15.407  General technical requirements.

    (a) Power limits:
    (1) For the band 5.15-5.25 GHz, the peak transmit power over the 
frequency band of operation shall not exceed the lesser of 50 mW or 4 
dBm + 10logB, where B is the 26-dB emission bandwidth in MHz. In 
addition, the peak power spectral density shall not exceed 4 dBm in any 
1-MHz band. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 
dBi are used, both the peak transmit power and the peak power spectral 
density shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain 
of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi.
    (2) For the 5.25-5.35 GHz and 5.47-5.725 GHz bands, the peak 
transmit power over the frequency bands of operation shall not exceed 
the lesser of 250 mW or 11 dBm + 10log B, where B is the 26 dB emission 
bandwidth in megahertz. In addition, the peak power spectral density 
shall not exceed 11 dBm in any 1 megahertz band. If transmitting 
antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both the peak 
transmit power and the peak power spectral density shall be reduced by 
the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi.

[[Page 838]]

    (3) For the band 5.725-5.825 GHz, the peak transmit power over the 
frequency band of operation shall not exceed the lesser of 1 W or 17 dBm 
+ 10logB, where B is the 26-dB emission bandwidth in MHz. In addition, 
the peak power spectral density shall not exceed 17 dBm in any 1-MHz 
band. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi 
are used, both the peak transmit power and the peak power spectral 
density shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain 
of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. However, fixed point-to-point U-NII 
devices operating in this band may employ transmitting antennas with 
directional gain up to 23 dBi without any corresponding reduction in the 
transmitter peak output power or peak power spectral density. For fixed, 
point-to-point U-NII transmitters that employ a directional antenna gain 
greater than 23 dBi, a 1 dB reduction in peak transmitter power and peak 
power spectral density for each 1 dB of antenna gain in excess of 23 dBi 
would be required. Fixed, point-to-point operations exclude the use of 
point-to-multipoint systems, omni directional applications, and multiple 
collocated transmitters transmitting the same information. The operator 
of the U-NII device, or if the equipment is professionally installed, 
the installer, is responsible for ensuring that systems employing high 
gain directional antennas are used exclusively for fixed, point-to-point 
operations.

    Note to paragraph (a)(3):
    The Commission strongly recommends that parties employing U-NII 
devices to provide critical communications services should determine if 
there are any nearby Government radar systems that could affect their 
operation.

    (4) The peak transmit power must be measured over any interval of 
continuous transmission using instrumentation calibrated in terms of an 
rms-equivalent voltage. The measurement results shall be properly 
adjusted for any instrument limitations, such as detector response 
times, limited resolution bandwidth capability when compared to the 
emission bandwidth, sensitivity, etc., so as to obtain a true peak 
measurement conforming to the definitions in this paragraph for the 
emission in question.
    (5) The peak power spectral density is measured as a conducted 
emission by direct connection of a calibrated test instrument to the 
equipment under test. If the device cannot be connected directly, 
alternative techniques acceptable to the Commission may be used. 
Measurements are made over a bandwidth of 1 MHz or the 26 dB emission 
bandwidth of the device, whichever is less. A resolution bandwidth less 
than the measurement bandwidth can be used, provided that the measured 
power is integrated to show total power over the measurement bandwidth. 
If the resolution bandwidth is approximately equal to the measurement 
bandwidth, and much less than the emission bandwidth of the equipment 
under test, the measured results shall be corrected to account for any 
difference between the resolution bandwidth of the test instrument and 
its actual noise bandwidth.
    (6) The ratio of the peak excursion of the modulation envelope 
(measured using a peak hold function) to the peak transmit power 
(measured as specified in this paragraph) shall not exceed 13 dB across 
any 1 MHz bandwidth or the emission bandwidth whichever is less.
    (b) Undesirable emission limits: Except as shown in paragraph (b)(6) 
of this section, the peak emissions outside of the frequency bands of 
operation shall be attenuated in accordance with the following limits:
    (1) For transmitters operating in the 5.15-5.25 GHz band: all 
emissions outside of the 5.15-5.35 GHz band shall not exceed an EIRP of 
-27 dBm/MHz.
    (2) For transmitters operating in the 5.25-5.35 GHz band: all 
emissions outside of the 5.15-5.35 GHz band shall not exceed an EIRP of 
-27 dBm/MHz. Devices operating in the 5.25-5.35 GHz band that generate 
emissions in the 5.15-5.25 GHz band must meet all applicable technical 
requirements for operation in the 5.15-5.25 GHz band (including indoor 
use) or alternatively meet an out-of-band emission EIRP limit of -27 
dBm/MHz in the 5.15-5.25 GHz band.
    (3) For transmitters operating in the 5.47-5.725 GHz band: all 
emissions outside of the 5.47-5.725 GHz band shall not exceed an EIRP of 
-27 dBm/MHz.

[[Page 839]]

    (4) For transmitters operating in the 5.725-5.825 GHz band: all 
emissions within the frequency range from the band edge to 10 MHz above 
or below the band edge shall not exceed an EIRP of -17 dBm/MHz; for 
frequencies 10 MHz or greater above or below the band edge, emissions 
shall not exceed an EIRP of -27 dBm/MHz.
    (5) The emission measurements shall be performed using a minimum 
resolution bandwidth of 1 MHz. A lower resolution bandwidth may be 
employed near the band edge, when necessary, provided the measured 
energy is integrated to show the total power over 1 MHz.
    (6) Unwanted emissions below 1 GHz must comply with the general 
field strength limits set forth in Sec. 15.209. Further, any U-NII 
devices using an AC power line are required to comply also with the 
conducted limits set forth in Sec. 15.207.
    (7) The provisions of Sec. 15.205 apply to intentional radiators 
operating under this section.
    (8) When measuring the emission limits, the nominal carrier 
frequency shall be adjusted as close to the upper and lower frequency 
block edges as the design of the equipment permits.
    (c) The device shall automatically discontinue transmission in case 
of either absence of information to transmit or operational failure. 
These provisions are not intended to preclude the transmission of 
control or signalling information or the use of repetitive codes used by 
certain digital technologies to complete frame or burst intervals. 
Applicants shall include in their application for equipment 
authorization a description of how this requirement is met.
    (d) Any U-NII device that operates in the 5.15-5.25 GHz band shall 
use a transmitting antenna that is an integral part of the device.
    (e) Within the 5.15-5.25 GHz band, U-NII devices will be restricted 
to indoor operations to reduce any potential for harmful interference to 
co-channel MSS operations.
    (f) U-NII devices are subject to the radio frequency radiation 
exposure requirements specified in Sec. 1.1307(b), Sec. 2.1091 and 
Sec. 2.1093 of this chapter, as appropriate. All equipment shall be 
considered to operate in a ``general population/uncontrolled'' 
environment. Applications for equipment authorization of devices 
operating under this section must contain a statement confirming 
compliance with these requirements for both fundamental emissions and 
unwanted emissions. Technical information showing the basis for this 
statement must be submitted to the Commission upon request.
    (g) Manufacturers of U-NII devices are responsible for ensuring 
frequency stability such that an emission is maintained within the band 
of operation under all conditions of normal operation as specified in 
the users manual.
    (h) Transmit Power Control (TPC) and Dynamic Frequency Selection 
(DFS).
    (1) Transmit power control (TPC). U-NII devices operating in the 
5.25-5.35 GHz band and the 5.47-5.725 GHz band shall employ a TPC 
mechanism. The U-NII device is required to have the capability to 
operate at least 6 dB below the mean EIRP value of 30 dBm. A TPC 
mechanism is not required for systems with an e.i.r.p. of less than 500 
mW.
    (2) Radar Detection Function of Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS). 
U-NII devices operating in the 5.25-5.35 GHz and 5.47-5.725 GHz bands 
shall employ a DFS radar detection mechanism to detect the presence of 
radar systems and to avoid co-channel operation with radar systems. The 
minimum DFS detection threshold for devices with a maximum e.i.r.p. of 
200 mW to 1 W is -64 dBm. For devices that operate with less than 200 mW 
e.i.r.p. the minimum detection threshold is -62 dBm. The detection 
threshold is the received power averaged over 1 microsecond referenced 
to a 0 dBi antenna. The DFS process shall be required to provide a 
uniform spreading of the loading over all the available channels.
    (i) Operational Modes. The DFS requirement applies to the following 
operational modes:
    (A) The requirement for channel availability check time applies in 
the master operational mode.
    (B) The requirement for channel move time applies in both the master 
and slave operational modes.

[[Page 840]]

    (ii) Channel Availability Check Time. A U-NII device shall check if 
there is a radar system already operating on the channel before it can 
initiate a transmission on a channel and when it has to move to a new 
channel. The U-NII device may start using the channel if no radar signal 
with a power level greater than the interference threshold values listed 
in paragraph (h)(2) of this part, is detected within 60 seconds.
    (iii) Channel Move Time. After a radar's presence is detected, all 
transmissions shall cease on the operating channel within 10 seconds. 
Transmissions during this period shall consist of normal traffic for a 
maximum of 200 ms after detection of the radar signal. In addition, 
intermittent management and control signals can be sent during the 
remaining time to facilitate vacating the operating channel.
    (iv) Non-occupancy Period. A channel that has been flagged as 
containing a radar system, either by a channel availability check or in-
service monitoring, is subject to a non-occupancy period of at least 30 
minutes. The non-occupancy period starts at the time when the radar 
system is detected.

[63 FR 40836, July 31, 1998, as amended at 69 FR 2687, Jan. 20, 2004]

    Effective Date Note: At 69 FR 54036, Sept. 7, 2004, Sec. 15.407 was 
amended by revising paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) and by removing and 
reserving paragraph (d), effective Oct. 7, 2004. For the convenience of 
the user, the revised text is set forth as follows:

Sec. 15.407  General technical requirements.

    (a) * * *
    (1) For the band 5.15-5.25 GHz, the maximum conducted output power 
over the frequency band of operation shall not exceed the lesser of 50 
mW or 4 dBm + 10 log B, where B is the 26-dB emission bandwidth in MHz. 
In addition, the peak power spectral density shall not exceed 4 dBm in 
any 1-MHz band. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater 
than 6 dBi are used, both the maximum conducted output power and the 
peak power spectral density shall be reduced by the amount in dB that 
the directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi.
    (2) For the 5.25-5.35 GHz and 5.47-5.725 GHz bands, the maximum 
conducted output power over the frequency bands of operation shall not 
exceed the lesser of 250 mW or 11 dBm + 10 log B, where B is the 26 dB 
emission bandwidth in megahertz. In addition, the peak power spectral 
density shall not exceed 11 dBm in any 1 megahertz band. If transmitting 
antennas of directional gain greater than 6 dBi are used, both the 
maximum conducted output power and the peak power spectral density shall 
be reduced by the amount in dB that the directional gain of the antenna 
exceeds 6 dBi.
    (3) For the band 5.725-5.825 GHz, the maximum conducted output power 
over the frequency band of operation shall not exceed the lesser of 1 W 
or 17 dBm + 10 log B, where B is the 26-dB emission bandwidth in MHz. In 
addition, the peak power spectral density shall not exceed 17 dBm in any 
1-MHz band. If transmitting antennas of directional gain greater than 6 
dBi are used, both the maximum conducted output power and the peak power 
spectral density shall be reduced by the amount in dB that the 
directional gain of the antenna exceeds 6 dBi. However, fixed point-to-
point U-NII devices operating in this band may employ transmitting 
antennas with directional gain up to 23 dBi without any corresponding 
reduction in the transmitter peak output power or peak power spectral 
density. For fixed, point-to-point U-NII transmitters that employ a 
directional antenna gain greater than 23 dBi, a 1 dB reduction in peak 
transmitter power and peak power spectral density for each 1 dB of 
antenna gain in excess of 23 dBi would be required. Fixed, point-to-
point operations exclude the use of point-to-multipoint systems, 
omnidirectional applications, and multiple collocated transmitters 
transmitting the same information. The operator of the U-NII device, or 
if the equipment is professionally installed, the installer, is 
responsible for ensuring that systems employing high gain directional 
antennas are used exclusively for fixed, point-to-point operations.
    Note to paragraph (a)(3):
    The Commission strongly recommends that parties employing U-NII 
devices to provide critical communications services should determine if 
there are any nearby Government radar systems that could affect their 
operation.
    (4) The maximum conducted output power must be measured over any 
interval of continuous transmission using instrumentation calibrated in 
terms of an rms-equivalent voltage. The measurement results shall be 
properly adjusted for any instrument limitations, such as detector 
response times, limited resolution bandwidth capability when compared to 
the emission bandwidth, sensitivity, etc., so as to obtain a true peak 
measurement conforming to the above definitions for the emission in 
question.
    (5) The peak power spectral density is measured as a conducted 
emission by direct connection of a calibrated test instrument to the 
equipment under test. If the device cannot be connected directly, 
alternative techniques acceptable to the Commission may be

[[Page 841]]

used. Measurements are made over a bandwidth of 1 MHz or the 26 dB 
emission bandwidth of the device, whichever is less. A resolution 
bandwidth less than the measurement bandwidth can be used, provided that 
the measured power is integrated to show total power over the 
measurement bandwidth. If the resolution bandwidth is approximately 
equal to the measurement bandwidth, and much less than the emission 
bandwidth of the equipment under test, the measured results shall be 
corrected to account for any difference between the resolution bandwidth 
of the test instrument and its actual noise bandwidth.
    (6) The ratio of the peak excursion of the modulation envelope 
(measured using a peak hold function) to the maximum conducted output 
power (measured as specified above) shall not exceed 13 dB across any 1 
MHz bandwidth or the emission bandwidth whichever is less.

                                * * * * *



                   Subpart F_Ultra-Wideband Operation

    Source: 67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 15.501  Scope.

    This subpart sets out the regulations for unlicensed ultra-wideband 
transmission systems.



Sec. 15.503  Definitions.

    (a) UWB bandwidth. For the purpose of this subpart, the UWB 
bandwidth is the frequency band bounded by the points that are 10 dB 
below the highest radiated emission, as based on the complete 
transmission system including the antenna. The upper boundary is 
designated fH and the lower boundary is designated 
fL. The frequency at which the highest radiated emission 
occurs is designated fM.
    (b) Center frequency. The center frequency, fC, equals 
(fH + fL)/2.
    (c) Fractional bandwidth. The fractional bandwidth equals 
2(fH-fL)/ (fH + fL).
    (d) Ultra-wideband (UWB) transmitter. An intentional radiator that, 
at any point in time, has a fractional bandwidth equal to or greater 
than 0.20 or has a UWB bandwidth equal to or greater than 500 MHz, 
regardless of the fractional bandwidth.
    (e) Imaging system. A general category consisting of ground 
penetrating radar systems, medical imaging systems, wall imaging systems 
through-wall imaging systems and surveillance systems. As used in this 
subpart, imaging systems do not include systems designed to detect the 
location of tags or systems used to transfer voice or data information.
    (f) Ground penetrating radar (GPR) system. A field disturbance 
sensor that is designed to operate only when in contact with, or within 
one meter of, the ground for the purpose of detecting or obtaining the 
images of buried objects or determining the physical properties within 
the ground. The energy from the GPR is intentionally directed down into 
the ground for this purpose.
    (g) Medical imaging system. A field disturbance sensor that is 
designed to detect the location or movement of objects within the body 
of a person or animal.
    (h) Wall imaging system. A field disturbance sensor that is designed 
to detect the location of objects contained within a ``wall'' or to 
determine the physical properties within the ``wall.'' The ``wall'' is a 
concrete structure, the side of a bridge, the wall of a mine or another 
physical structure that is dense enough and thick enough to absorb the 
majority of the signal transmitted by the imaging system. This category 
of equipment does not include products such as ``stud locators'' that 
are designed to locate objects behind gypsum, plaster or similar walls 
that are not capable of absorbing the transmitted signal.
    (i) Through-wall imaging system. A field disturbance sensor that is 
designed to detect the location or movement of persons or objects that 
are located on the other side of an opaque structure such as a wall or a 
ceiling. This category of equipment may include products such as ``stud 
locators'' that are designed to locate objects behind gypsum, plaster or 
similar walls that are not thick enough or dense enough to absorb the 
transmitted signal.
    (j) Surveillance system. A field disturbance sensor used to 
establish a stationary RF perimeter field that is used

[[Page 842]]

for security purposes to detect the intrusion of persons or objects.
    (k) EIRP. Equivalent isotropically radiated power, i.e., the product 
of the power supplied to the antenna and the antenna gain in a given 
direction relative to an isotropic antenna. The EIRP, in terms of dBm, 
can be converted to a field strength, in dBuV/m at 3 meters, by adding 
95.2. As used in this subpart, EIRP refers to the highest signal 
strength measured in any direction and at any frequency from the UWB 
device, as tested in accordance with the procedures specified in Sec. 
15.31(a) and 15.523 of this chapter.
    (l) Law enforcement, fire and emergency rescue organizations. As 
used in this subpart, this refers to those parties eligible to obtain a 
license from the FCC under the eligibility requirements specified in 
Sec. 90.20(a)(1) of this chapter.
    (m) Hand held. As used in this subpart, a hand held device is a 
portable device, such as a lap top computer or a PDA, that is primarily 
hand held while being operated and that does not employ a fixed 
infrastructure.



Sec. 15.505  Cross reference.

    (a) Except where specifically stated otherwise within this subpart, 
the provisions of subparts A and B and of Sec. Sec. 15.201 through 
15.204 and 15.207 of subpart C of this part apply to unlicensed UWB 
intentional radiators. The provisions of Sec. 15.35(c) and 15.205 do 
not apply to devices operated under this subpart. The provisions of 
Footnote US 246 to the Table of Frequency Allocations contained in Sec. 
2.106 of this chapter does not apply to devices operated under this 
subpart.
    (b) The requirements of this subpart apply only to the radio 
transmitter, i.e., the intentional radiator, contained in the UWB 
device. Other aspects of the operation of a UWB device may be subject to 
requirements contained elsewhere in this chapter. In particular, a UWB 
device that contains digital circuitry not directly associated with the 
operation of the transmitter also is subject to the requirements for 
unintentional radiators in subpart B of this part. Similarly, an 
associated receiver that operates (tunes) within the frequency range 30 
MHz to 960 MHz is subject to the requirements in subpart B of this part.



Sec. 15.507  Marketing of UWB equipment.

    In some cases, the operation of UWB devices is limited to specific 
parties, e.g., law enforcement, fire and rescue organizations operating 
under the auspices of a state or local government. The marketing of UWB 
devices must be directed solely to parties eligible to operate the 
equipment. The responsible party, as defined in Sec. 2.909 of this 
chapter, is responsible for ensuring that the equipment is marketed only 
to eligible parties. Marketing of the equipment in any other manner may 
be considered grounds for revocation of the grant of certification 
issued for the equipment.



Sec. 15.509  Technical requirements for ground penetrating radars and 
wall imaging systems.

    (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imaging system operating under the 
provisions of this section must be below 10.6 GHz.
    (b) Operation under the provisions of this section is limited to 
GPRs and wall imaging systems operated for purposes associated with law 
enforcement, fire fighting, emergency rescue, scientific research, 
commercial mining, or construction.
    (1) Parties operating this equipment must be eligible for licensing 
under the provisions of part 90 of this chapter.
    (2) The operation of imaging systems under this section requires 
coordination, as detailed in Sec. 15.525.
    (c) A GPR that is designed to be operated while being hand held and 
a wall imaging system shall contain a manually operated switch that 
causes the transmitter to cease operation within 10 seconds of being 
released by the operator. In lieu of a switch located on the imaging 
system, it is permissible to operate an imaging system by remote control 
provided the imaging system ceases transmission within 10 seconds of the 
remote switch being released by the operator.
    (d) The radiated emissions at or below 960 MHz from a device 
operating under the provisions of this section shall not exceed the 
emission levels in Sec. 15.209. The radiated emissions above 960 MHz 
from a device operating under

[[Page 843]]

the provisions of this section shall not exceed the following average 
limits when measured using a resolution bandwidth of 1 MHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Frequency in MHz                        EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
960-1610..................................................         -65.3
1610-1990.................................................         -53.3
1990-3100.................................................         -51.3
3100-10600................................................         -41.3
Above 10600...............................................         -51.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) In addition to the radiated emission limits specified in the 
table in paragraph (d) of this section, UWB transmitters operating under 
the provisions of this section shall not exceed the following average 
limits when measured using a resolution bandwidth of no less than 1 kHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Frequency in MHz                        EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1164-1240.................................................         -75.3
1559-1610.................................................         -75.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (f) For UWB devices where the frequency at which the highest 
radiated emission occurs, fM, is above 960 MHz, there is a 
limit on the peak level of the emissions contained within a 50 MHz 
bandwidth centered on fM. That limit is 0 dBm EIRP. It is 
acceptable to employ a different resolution bandwidth, and a 
correspondingly different peak emission limit, following the procedures 
described in Sec. 15.521.

[68 FR 19749, Apr. 22, 2003]



Sec. 15.510  Technical requirements for through D-wall imaging systems.

    (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imaging system operating under the 
provisions of this section must be below 960 MHz or the center 
frequency, fC, and the frequency at which the highest 
radiated emission occurs, fM, must be contained between 1990 
MHz and 10600 MHz.
    (b) Operation under the provisions of this section is limited to 
through-wall imaging systems operated by law enforcement, emergency 
rescue or firefighting organizations that are under the authority of a 
local or state government.
    (c) For through-wall imaging systems operating with the UWB 
bandwidth below 960 MHz:
    (1) Parties operating this equipment must be eligible for licensing 
under the provisions of part 90 of this chapter.
    (2) The operation of these imaging systems requires coordination, as 
detailed in Sec. 15.525.
    (3) The imaging system shall contain a manually operated switch that 
causes the transmitter to cease operation within 10 seconds of being 
released by the operator. In lieu of a switch located on the imaging 
system, it is permissible to operate an imaging system by remote control 
provided the imaging system ceases transmission within 10 seconds of the 
remote switch being released by the operator.
    (4) The radiated emissions at or below 960 MHz shall not exceed the 
emission levels in Sec. 15.209. The radiated emissions above 960 MHz 
shall not exceed the following average limits when measured using a 
resolution bandwidth of 1 MHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Frequency in MHz                        EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
960-1610..................................................         -65.3
1610-1990.................................................         -53.3
Above 1990................................................         -51.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (5) In addition to the radiated emission limits specified in the 
table in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, emissions from these imaging 
systems shall not exceed the following average limits when measured 
using a resolution bandwidth of no less than 1 kHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Frequency in MHz                        EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1164-1240.................................................         -75.3
1559-1610.................................................         -75.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) For equipment operating with fC and fM 
between 1990 MHz and 10600 MHz:
    (1) Parties operating this equipment must hold a license issued by 
the Federal Communications Commission to operate a transmitter in the 
Public Safety Radio Pool under part 90 of this chapter. The license may 
be held by the organization for which the UWB operator works on a paid 
or volunteer basis.
    (2) This equipment may be operated only for law enforcement 
applications, the providing of emergency services, and necessary 
training operations.
    (3) The radiated emissions at or below 960 MHz shall not exceed the

[[Page 844]]

emission levels in Sec. 15.209 of this chapter. The radiated emissions 
above 960 MHz shall not exceed the following average limits when 
measured using a resolution bandwidth of 1 MHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Frequency in MHz                        EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
960-1610..................................................         -46.3
1610-10600................................................         -41.3
Above 10600...............................................         -51.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (4) In addition to the radiated emission limits specified in the 
paragraph (d)(3) of this section, emissions from these imaging systems 
shall not exceed the following average limits when measured using a 
resolution bandwidth of no less than 1 kHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Frequency in MHz                        EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1164-1240.................................................         -56.3
1559-1610.................................................         -56.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (5) There is a limit on the peak level of the emissions contained 
within a 50 MHz bandwidth centered on the frequency at which the highest 
radiated emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 dBm EIRP. It is 
acceptable to employ a different resolution bandwidth, and a 
correspondingly different peak emission limit, following the procedures 
described in Sec. 15.521.
    (e) Through-wall imaging systems operating under the provisions of 
this section shall bear the following or similar statement in a 
conspicuous location on the device: ``Operation of this device is 
restricted to law enforcement, emergency rescue and firefighter 
personnel. Operation by any other party is a violation of 47 U.S.C. 301 
and could subject the operator to serious legal penalties.''

[68 FR 19750, Apr. 22, 2003]



Sec. 15.511  Technical requirements for surveillance systems.

    (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imaging system operating under the 
provisions of this section must be contained between 1990 MHz and 10,600 
MHz.
    (b) Operation under the provisions of this section is limited to 
fixed surveillance systems operated by law enforcement, fire or 
emergency rescue organizations or by manufacturers licensees, petroleum 
licensees or power licensees as defined in Sec. 90.7 of this chapter.
    (1) Parties operating under the provisions of this section must be 
eligible for licensing under the provisions of part 90 of this chapter.
    (2) The operation of imaging systems under this section requires 
coordination, as detailed in Sec. 15.525.
    (c) The radiated emissions at or below 960 MHz from a device 
operating under the provisions of this section shall not exceed the 
emission levels in Sec. 15.209. The radiated emissions above 960 MHz 
from a device operating under the provisions of this section shall not 
exceed the following average limits when measured using a resolution 
bandwidth of 1 MHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Frequency in MHz                        EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
960-1610..................................................         -53.3
1610-1990.................................................         -51.3
1990-10600................................................         -41.3
Above 10600...............................................         -51.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) In addition to the radiated emission limits specified in the 
table in paragraph (c) of this section, UWB transmitters operating under 
the provisions of this section shall not exceed the following average 
limits when measured using a resolution bandwidth of no less than 1 kHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Frequency in MHz                        EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1164-1240.................................................         -63.3
1559-1610.................................................         -63.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) There is a limit on the peak level of the emissions contained 
within a 50 MHz bandwidth centered on the frequency at which the highest 
radiated emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 dBm EIRP. It is 
acceptable to employ a different resolution bandwidth, and a 
correspondingly different peak emission limit, following the procedures 
described in Sec. 15.521.
    (f) Imaging systems operating under the provisions of this section 
shall bear the following or similar statement in a conspicuous location 
on the device: ``Operation of this device is restricted to law 
enforcement, fire and rescue officials, public utilities, and industrial 
entities. Operation by any other party is a violation of 47 U.S.C. 301 
and could subject the operator to serious legal penalties.''

[68 FR 19750, Apr. 22, 2003]

[[Page 845]]



Sec. 15.513  Technical requirements for medical imaging systems.

    (a) The UWB bandwidth of an imaging system operating under the 
provisions of this section must be contained between 3100 MHz and 10,600 
MHz.
    (b) Operation under the provisions of this section is limited to 
medical imaging systems used at the direction of, or under the 
supervision of, a licensed health care practitioner. The operation of 
imaging systems under this section requires coordination, as detailed in 
Sec. 15.525.
    (c) A medical imaging system shall contain a manually operated 
switch that causes the transmitter to cease operation within 10 seconds 
of being released by the operator. In lieu of a switch located on the 
imaging system, it is permissible to operate an imaging system by remote 
control provided the imaging system ceases transmission within 10 
seconds of the remote switch being released by the operator.
    (d) The radiated emissions at or below 960 MHz from a device 
operating under the provisions of this section shall not exceed the 
emission levels in Sec. 15.209. The radiated emissions above 960 MHz 
from a device operating under the provisions of this section shall not 
exceed the following average limits when measured using a resolution 
bandwidth of 1 MHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Frequency in MHz                        EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
960-1610..................................................         -65.3
1610-1990.................................................         -53.3
011990-3100...............................................         -51.3
3100-10600................................................         -41.3
Above 10600...............................................         -51.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) In addition to the radiated emission limits specified in the 
table in paragraph (d) of this section, UWB transmitters operating under 
the provisions of this section shall not exceed the following average 
limits when measured using a resolution bandwidth of no less than 1 kHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Frequency in MHz                        EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1164-1240.................................................         -75.3
1559-1610.................................................         -53.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (f) There is a limit on the peak level of the emissions contained 
within a 50 MHz bandwidth centered on the frequency at which the highest 
radiated emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 dBm EIRP. It is 
acceptable to employ a different resolution bandwidth, and a 
correspondingly different peak emission limit, following the procedures 
described in Sec. 15.521.

[68 FR 19751, Apr. 22, 2003]



Sec. 15.515  Technical requirements for vehicular radar systems.

    (a) Operation under the provisions of this section is limited to UWB 
field disturbance sensors mounted in terrestrial transportation 
vehicles. These devices shall operate only when the vehicle is 
operating, e.g., the engine is running. Operation shall occur only upon 
specific activation, such as upon starting the vehicle, changing gears, 
or engaging a turn signal.
    (b) The UWB bandwidth of a vehicular radar system operating under 
the provisions of this section shall be contained between 22 GHz and 29 
GHz. In addition, the center frequency, fC, and the frequency 
at which the highest level emission occurs, fM, must be 
greater than 24.075 GHz.
    (c) Following proper installation, vehicular radar systems shall 
attenuate any emissions within the 23.6-24.0 GHz band that appear 38 
degrees or greater above the horizontal plane by 25 dB below the limit 
specified in paragraph (d) of this section. For equipment authorized, 
manufactured or imported on or after January 1, 2005, this level of 
attenuation shall be 25 dB for any emissions within the 23.6-24.0 GHz 
band that appear 30 degrees or greater above the horizontal plane. For 
equipment authorized, manufactured or imported on or after January 1, 
2010, this level of attenuation shall be 30 dB for any emissions within 
the 23.6-24.0 GHz band that appear 30 degrees or greater above the 
horizontal plane. For equipment authorized, manufactured or imported on 
or after January 1, 2014, this level of attenuation shall be 35 dB for 
any emissions within the 23.6-24.0 GHz band that appear 30 degrees or 
greater above the horizontal plane. This level of attenuation can be 
achieved through the antenna directivity, through a reduction in output 
power or any other means.
    (d) The radiated emissions at or below 960 MHz from a device 
operating

[[Page 846]]

under the provisions of this section shall not exceed the emission 
levels in Sec. 15.209. The radiated emissions above 960 MHz from a 
device operating under the provisions of this section shall not exceed 
the following average limits when measured using a resolution bandwidth 
of 1 MHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Frequency in MHz                       EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
960-1610.............................................              -75.3
1610-22,000..........................................              -61.3
22,000-29,000........................................              -41.3
29,000-31,000........................................              -51.3
Above 31,000.........................................              -61.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) In addition to the radiated emission limits specified in the 
table in paragraph (d) of this section, UWB transmitters operating under 
the provisions of this section shall not exceed the following average 
limits when measured using a resolution bandwidth of no less than 1 kHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Frequency in MHz                       EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1164-1240............................................              -85.3
1559-1610............................................              -85.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (f) There is a limit on the peak level of the emissions contained 
within a 50 MHz bandwidth centered on the frequency at which the highest 
radiated emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 dBm EIRP. It is 
acceptable to employ a different resolution bandwidth, and a 
correspondingly different peak emission limit, following the procedures 
described in Sec. 15.521.



Sec. 15.517  Technical requirements for indoor UWB systems.

    (a) Operation under the provisions of this section is limited to UWB 
transmitters employed solely for indoor operation.
    (1) Indoor UWB devices, by the nature of their design, must be 
capable of operation only indoors. The necessity to operate with a fixed 
indoor infrastructure, e.g., a transmitter that must be connected to the 
AC power lines, may be considered sufficient to demonstrate this.
    (2) The emissions from equipment operated under this section shall 
not be intentionally directed outside of the building in which the 
equipment is located, such as through a window or a doorway, to perform 
an outside function, such as the detection of persons about to enter a 
building.
    (3) The use of outdoor mounted antennas, e.g., antennas mounted on 
the outside of a building or on a telephone pole, or any other outdoors 
infrastructure is prohibited.
    (4) Field disturbance sensors installed inside of metal or 
underground storage tanks are considered to operate indoors provided the 
emissions are directed towards the ground.
    (5) A communications system shall transmit only when the intentional 
radiator is sending information to an associated receiver.
    (b) The UWB bandwidth of a UWB system operating under the provisions 
of this section must be contained between 3100 MHz and 10,600 MHz.
    (c) The radiated emissions at or below 960 MHz from a device 
operating under the provisions of this section shall not exceed the 
emission levels in Sec. 15.209. The radiated emissions above 960 MHz 
from a device operating under the provisions of this section shall not 
exceed the following average limits when measured using a resolution 
bandwidth of 1 MHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Frequency in MHz                       EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
960-1610.............................................              -75.3
1610-1990............................................              -53.3
1990-3100............................................              -51.3
3100-10600...........................................              -41.3
Above 10600..........................................              -51.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) In addition to the radiated emission limits specified in the 
table in paragraph (c) of this section, UWB transmitters operating under 
the provisions of this section shall not exceed the following average 
limits when measured using a resolution bandwidth of no less than 1 kHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Frequency in MHz                       EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1164-1240............................................              -85.3
1559-1610............................................              -85.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) There is a limit on the peak level of the emissions contained 
within a 50 MHz bandwidth centered on the frequency at which the highest 
radiated emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 dBm EIRP. It is 
acceptable to employ a different resolution bandwidth, and a

[[Page 847]]

correspondingly different peak emission limit, following the procedures 
described in Sec. 15.521.
    (f) UWB systems operating under the provisions of this section shall 
bear the following or similar statement in a conspicuous location on the 
device or in the instruction manual supplied with the device:

    ``This equipment may only be operated indoors. Operation outdoors is 
in violation of 47 U.S.C. 301 and could subject the operator to serious 
legal penalties.''

[67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002; 67 FR 39632, June 10, 2002]



Sec. 15.519  Technical requirements for hand held UWB systems.

    (a) UWB devices operating under the provisions of this section must 
be hand held, i.e., they are relatively small devices that are primarily 
hand held while being operated and do not employ a fixed infrastructure.
    (1) A UWB device operating under the provisions of this section 
shall transmit only when it is sending information to an associated 
receiver. The UWB intentional radiator shall cease transmission within 
10 seconds unless it receives an acknowledgement from the associated 
receiver that its transmission is being received. An acknowledgment of 
reception must continue to be received by the UWB intentional radiator 
at least every 10 seconds or the UWB device must cease transmitting.
    (2) The use of antennas mounted on outdoor structures, e.g., 
antennas mounted on the outside of a building or on a telephone pole, or 
any fixed outdoors infrastructure is prohibited. Antennas may be mounted 
only on the hand held UWB device.
    (3) UWB devices operating under the provisions of this section may 
operate indoors or outdoors.
    (b) The UWB bandwidth of a device operating under the provisions of 
this section must be contained between 3100 MHz and 10,600 MHz.
    (c) The radiated emissions at or below 960 MHz from a device 
operating under the provisions of this section shall not exceed the 
emission levels in Sec. 15.209. The radiated emissions above 960 MHz 
from a device operating under the provisions of this section shall not 
exceed the following average limits when measured using a resolution 
bandwidth of 1 MHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Frequency in MHz                       EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 960-1610............................................              -75.3
 1610-1990...........................................              -63.3
 1990-3100...........................................              -61.3
 3100-10600..........................................              -41.3
 Above 10600.........................................              -61.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) In addition to the radiated emission limits specified in the 
table in paragraph (c) of this section, UWB transmitters operating under 
the provisions of this section shall not exceed the following average 
limits when measured using a resolution bandwidth of no less than 1 kHz:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Frequency in MHz                       EIRP in dBm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1164-1240............................................              -85.3
1559-1610............................................              -85.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) There is a limit on the peak level of the emissions contained 
within a 50 MHz bandwidth centered on the frequency at which the highest 
radiated emission occurs, fM. That limit is 0 dBm EIRP. It is 
acceptable to employ a different resolution bandwidth, and a 
correspondingly different peak emission limit, following the procedures 
described in Sec. 15.521.

[67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002; 67 FR 39632, June 10, 2002]



Sec. 15.521  Technical requirements applicable to all UWB devices.

    (a) UWB devices may not be employed for the operation of toys. 
Operation onboard an aircraft, a ship or a satellite is prohibited.
    (b) Manufacturers and users are reminded of the provisions of 
Sec. Sec. 15.203 and 15.204.
    (c) Emissions from digital circuitry used to enable the operation of 
the UWB transmitter shall comply with the limits in Sec. 15.209, rather 
than the limits specified in this subpart, provided it can be clearly 
demonstrated that those emissions from the UWB device are due solely to 
emissions from digital circuitry contained within the transmitter and 
that the emissions are not intended to be radiated from the 
transmitter's antenna. Emissions from associated digital devices, as 
defined in Sec. 15.3(k), e.g., emissions from digital circuitry used to 
control additional

[[Page 848]]

functions or capabilities other than the UWB transmission, are subject 
to the limits contained in Subpart B of this part.
    (d) Within the tables in Sec. Sec. 15.509, 15.511, 15.513, 15.515, 
15.517, and 15.519, the tighter emission limit applies at the band 
edges. Radiated emission levels at and below 960 MHz are based on 
measurements employing a CISPR quasi-peak detector. Radiated emission 
levels above 960 MHz are based on RMS average measurements over a 1 MHz 
resolution bandwidth. The RMS average measurement is based on the use of 
a spectrum analyzer with a resolution bandwidth of 1 MHz, an RMS 
detector, and a 1 millisecond or less averaging time. If pulse gating is 
employed where the transmitter is quiescent for intervals that are long 
compared to the nominal pulse repetition interval, measurements shall be 
made with the pulse train gated on. Alternative measurement procedures 
may be considered by the Commission.
    (e) The frequency at which the highest radiated emission occurs, 
fM, must be contained within the UWB bandwidth.
    (f) Imaging systems may be employed only for the type of information 
exchange described in their specific definitions contained in Sec. 
15.503. The detection of tags or the transfer or data or voice 
information is not permitted under the standards for imaging systems.
    (g) When a peak measurement is required, it is acceptable to use a 
resolution bandwidth other than the 50 MHz specified in this subpart. 
This resolution bandwidth shall not be lower than 1 MHz or greater than 
50 MHz, and the measurement shall be centered on the frequency at which 
the highest radiated emission occurs, fM. If a resolution 
bandwidth other than 50 MHz is employed, the peak EIRP limit shall be 20 
log (RBW/50) dBm where RBW is the resolution bandwidth in megahertz that 
is employed. This may be converted to a peak field strength level at 3 
meters using E(dBuV/m) = P(dBm EIRP) + 95.2. If RBW is greater than 3 
MHz, the application for certification filed with the Commission must 
contain a detailed description of the test procedure, calibration of the 
test setup, and the instrumentation employed in the testing.
    (h) The highest frequency employed in Sec. 15.33 to determine the 
frequency range over which radiated measurements are made shall be based 
on the center frequency, fC, unless a higher frequency is 
generated within the UWB device. For measuring emission levels, the 
spectrum shall be investigated from the lowest frequency generated in 
the UWB transmitter, without going below 9 kHz, up to the frequency 
range shown in Sec. 15.33(a) or up to fC + 3/(pulse width in 
seconds), whichever is higher. There is no requirement to measure 
emissions beyond 40 GHz provided fC is less than 10 GHz; 
beyond 100 GHz if fC is at or above 10 GHz and below 30 GHz; 
or beyond 200 GHz if fC is at or above 30 GHz.
    (i) The prohibition in Sec. 2.201(f) and 15.5(d) of this chapter 
against Class B (damped wave) emissions does not apply to UWB devices 
operating under this subpart.
    (j) Responsible parties are reminded of the other standards and 
requirements cross referenced in Sec. 15.505, such as a limit on 
emissions conducted onto the AC power lines.

[67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 19751, Apr. 22, 2003]



Sec. 15.523  Measurement procedures.

    Measurements shall be made in accordance with the procedures 
specified by the Commission.



Sec. 15.525  Coordination requirements.

    (a) UWB imaging systems require coordination through the FCC before 
the equipment may be used. The operator shall comply with any 
constraints on equipment usage resulting from this coordination.
    (b) The users of UWB imaging devices shall supply operational areas 
to the FCC Office of Engineering and Technology, which shall coordinate 
this information with the Federal Government through the National 
Telecommunications and Information Administration. The information 
provided by the UWB operator shall include the name, address and other 
pertinent contact information of the user, the desired geographical 
area(s) of operation, and the FCC ID number and

[[Page 849]]

other nomenclature of the UWB device. If the imaging device is intended 
to be used for mobile applications, the geographical area(s) of 
operation may be the state(s) or county(ies) in which the equipment will 
be operated. The operator of an imaging system used for fixed operation 
shall supply a specific geographical location or the address at which 
the equipment will be operated. This material shall be submitted to 
Frequency Coordination Branch, OET, Federal Communications Commission, 
445 12th Street, SW, Washington, D.C. 20554, Attn: UWB Coordination.
    (c) The manufacturers, or their authorized sales agents, must inform 
purchasers and users of their systems of the requirement to undertake 
detailed coordination of operational areas with the FCC prior to the 
equipment being operated.
    (d) Users of authorized, coordinated UWB systems may transfer them 
to other qualified users and to different locations upon coordination of 
change of ownership or location to the FCC and coordination with 
existing authorized operations.
    (e) The FCC/NTIA coordination report shall identify those 
geographical areas within which the operation of an imaging system 
requires additional coordination or within which the operation of an 
imaging system is prohibited. If additional coordination is required for 
operation within specific geographical areas, a local coordination 
contact will be provided. Except for operation within these designated 
areas, once the information requested on the UWB imaging system is 
submitted to the FCC no additional coordination with the FCC is required 
provided the reported areas of operation do not change. If the area of 
operation changes, updated information shall be submitted to the FCC 
following the procedure in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (f) The coordination of routine UWB operations shall not take longer 
than 15 business days from the receipt of the coordination request by 
NTIA. Special temporary operations may be handled with an expedited 
turn-around time when circumstances warrant. The operation of UWB 
systems in emergency situations involving the safety of life or property 
may occur without coordination provided a notification procedure, 
similar to that contained in Sec. 2.405(a) through (e) of this chapter, 
is followed by the UWB equipment user.

[67 FR 34856, May 16, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 19751, Apr. 22, 2003]

    Effective Date Note: At 68 FR 19751, Apr. 22, 2003, Sec. 15.525 was 
amended by revising paragraphs (b) and (e). This amendment contains 
information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not 
become effective until approval has been given by the Office of 
Management and Budget.